• source navigation  • diff markup  • identifier search  • freetext search  • 

Sources/ucode/include/linux/nl80211.h

  1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
  2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
  3 /*
  4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
  5  *
  6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
  7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
  8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
  9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
 10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
 11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
 12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
 13  * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
 14  * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation
 15  *
 16  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
 17  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 18  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 19  *
 20  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
 21  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 22  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 23  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 24  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 25  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
 26  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 27  *
 28  */
 29 
 30 /*
 31  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
 32  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
 33  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
 34  *
 35  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
 36  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
 37  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
 38  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
 39  * can actually be identified and removed.
 40  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
 41  */
 42 
 43 #include <linux/types.h>
 44 
 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
 46 
 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG          "config"
 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN            "scan"
 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG             "regulatory"
 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME            "mlme"
 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR          "vendor"
 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN             "nan"
 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE        "testmode"
 54 
 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN      4
 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX      15
 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN       1
 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX       0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
 59 
 60 /**
 61  * DOC: Station handling
 62  *
 63  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
 64  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
 65  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
 66  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
 67  * to.
 68  *
 69  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
 70  * capabilities.
 71  *
 72  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
 73  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
 74  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
 75  *    or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
 76  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
 77  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
 78  *    time mark it authorized.
 79  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
 80  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
 81  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
 82  *
 83  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
 84  */
 85 
 86 /**
 87  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
 88  *
 89  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
 90  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
 91  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
 92  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
 93  * for various reasons.
 94  *
 95  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
 96  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
 97  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
 98  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
 99  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101  * for doing that.
102  *
103  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106  *
107  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113  *
114  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118  *
119  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120  * below.
121  */
122 
123 /**
124  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125  *
126  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130  *
131  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133  * types there no concurrency is implied.
134  *
135  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138  * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142  *
143  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151  *
152  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153  * interfaces that a given device supports.
154  */
155 
156 /**
157  * DOC: packet coalesce support
158  *
159  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162  * and power consumption.
163  *
164  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167  * following events occurs.
168  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172  *
173  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174  * rule.
175  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177  * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178  * Multiple such rules can be created.
179  */
180 
181 /**
182  * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183  *
184  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186  * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191  *
192  * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193  * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194  * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195  * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196  * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197  * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198  * not present.
199  *
200  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202  * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207  *
208  * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209  * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210  * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211  */
212 
213 /**
214  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215  *
216  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222  * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231  *
232  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233  * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234  * up a connection or after roaming.
235  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238  *      %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241  *
242  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249  */
250 
251 /**
252  * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253  *
254  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255  * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256  * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257  * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258  *
259  * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260  * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261  * respectively.
262  */
263 
264 /**
265  * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266  *
267  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268  * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269  * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270  * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271  * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272  * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273  * that main netdev.
274  *
275  * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277  * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278  */
279 
280 /**
281  * DOC: TID configuration
282  *
283  * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284  * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285  *
286  * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287  * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289  *
290  * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291  * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292  * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293  * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294  * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295  * will be overwritten.
296  *
297  * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298  * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299  * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300  * the interface goes down.
301  */
302 
303 /**
304  * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305  *
306  * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307  *
308  * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310  * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311  * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312  * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313  *
314  * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315  * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316  * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317  * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321  *                      (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322  *
323  * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324  */
325 
326 /**
327  * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328  *
329  * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330  * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331  * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332  * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333  * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334  * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335  */
336 
337 /**
338  * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339  *
340  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341  * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342  * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343  * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344  */
345 
346 /**
347  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348  *
349  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350  *
351  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352  *      to get a list of all present wiphys.
353  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357  *      channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
361  *      see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362  *      compatibility only.
363  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364  *      or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368  *
369  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370  *      either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371  *      single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375  *      to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377  *      be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378  *      then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382  *      userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383  *      attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384  *      enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385  *      and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386  *      the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387  *
388  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389  *      by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390  *      represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391  *      the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393  *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394  *      For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397  *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399  *      peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400  *      group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402  *      or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403  *      for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405  *
406  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408  *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409  *      attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410  *      internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413  *      are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414  *      do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415  *      %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416  *      %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
417  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418  *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419  *      %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420  *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421  *      The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423  *      attributes determining channel width.
424  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427  *
428  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435  *      or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436  *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439  *      of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440  *      (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441  *      frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
442  *      stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
443  *
444  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
445  *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
446  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
447  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
448  *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
449  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
451  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
452  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
453  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
454  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
455  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
456  *
457  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
458  *      regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
459  *      has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
460  *      global regdomain will be returned.
461  *      A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
462  *      regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
463  *      information will still be mended according to further hints from
464  *      the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
465  *      is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
466  *      all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
467  *      If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
468  *      its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
469  *      core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
470  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
471  *      after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
472  *      domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
473  *      current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
474  *      NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
475  *      regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
476  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
477  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
478  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
479  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
480  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
481  *      to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
482  *      store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
483  *
484  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
485  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
486  *
487  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
488  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
489  *
490  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
491  *      interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
492  *      frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
493  *      added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
494  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
495  *      added to all specified management frames generated by
496  *      kernel/firmware/driver.
497  *      Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
498  *      point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
499  *      command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
500  *      option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
501  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
502  *      NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
503  *
504  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
505  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
506  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
507  *      probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
508  *      specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
509  *      be used.
510  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
511  *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
512  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
513  *      partial scan results may be available
514  *
515  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
516  *      intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
517  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
518  *      not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
519  *      scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
520  *      These attributes are mutually exclusive,
521  *      i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
522  *      NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
523  *      If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
524  *      plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
525  *      Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
526  *      are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
527  *      broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
528  *      string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
529  *      a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
530  *      if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
531  *      passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
532  *      are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
533  *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
534  *      scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
535  *      is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
536  *      scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
537  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
538  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
539  *      scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
540  *      as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
541  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
542  *      results available.
543  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
544  *      stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
545  *      scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
546  *      does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
547  *      a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
548  *      %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
549  *      is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
550  *
551  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
552  *      or noise level
553  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
554  *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
555  *
556  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
557  *      (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
558  *      (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
559  *      using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
560  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
561  *      authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
562  *      advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
563  *      ESS.
564  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
565  *      (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
566  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
567  *      authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
568  *      PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
569  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
570  *
571  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
572  *      has been changed and provides details of the request information
573  *      that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
574  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
575  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
576  *      the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
577  *      %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
578  *      set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
579  *      %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
580  *      to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
581  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
582  *      has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
583  *      any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
584  *      where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
585  *      if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
586  *      driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
587  *      doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
588  *      on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
589  *      or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
590  *      never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
591  *      enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
592  *      either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
593  *      userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
594  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
595  *      before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
596  *      the beacon hint was processed.
597  *
598  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
599  *      This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
600  *      as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
601  *      authentication process.
602  *      When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
603  *      interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
604  *      BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
605  *      the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
606  *      request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
607  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
608  *      channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
609  *      authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
610  *      (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
611  *      to the frame.
612  *      When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
613  *      frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
614  *      frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
615  *      state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
616  *      MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
617  *      included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
618  *      (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
619  *      also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
620  *      case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
621  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
622  *      pending authentication timed out).
623  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
624  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
625  *      (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
626  *      MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
627  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
628  *      request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
629  *      included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
630  *      included).
631  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
632  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
633  *      MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
634  *      primitives).
635  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
636  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
637  *      MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
638  *
639  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
640  *      MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
641  *      event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
642  *      the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
643  *      type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
644  *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
645  *      event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
646  *
647  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
648  *      FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
649  *      and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
650  *      should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
651  *      executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
652  *      may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
653  *      given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
654  *      given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
655  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
656  *      determined by the network interface.
657  *
658  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
659  *      to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
660  *      to the driver.
661  *
662  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
663  *      requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
664  *      auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
665  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
666  *      IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
667  *      %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
668  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
669  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
670  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
671  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
672  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
673  *      If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
674  *      restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
675  *      within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
676  *      can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
677  *      allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
678  *      ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
679  *      set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
680  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
681  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
682  *      Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
683  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
684  *      included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
685  *      space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
686  *      up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
687  *      userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
688  *      driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
689  *      has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
690  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
691  *      the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
692  *      a different BSS is desired.
693  *      Background scan period can optionally be
694  *      specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
695  *      if not specified default background scan configuration
696  *      in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
697  *      This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
698  *      It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
699  *      connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
700  *      determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
701  *      non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
702  *      event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
703  *      authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
704  *      Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
705  *      well to remain backwards compatible.
706  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
707  *      When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
708  *      fast transition, this event should be followed by an
709  *      %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
710  *      Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
711  *      %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
712  *      new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
713  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
714  *      userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
715  *      reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
716  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
717  *
718  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
719  *      associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
720  *
721  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
722  *      channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
723  *      off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
724  *      a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
725  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
726  *      radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
727  *      frequency for the operation.
728  *      %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
729  *      to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
730  *      notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
731  *      driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
732  *      radio).
733  *      When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
734  *      that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
735  *      the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
736  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
737  *      pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
738  *      completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
739  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
740  *      radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
741  *      uniquely identify the request.
742  *      This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
743  *      remain-on-channel duration has expired.
744  *
745  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
746  *      rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
747  *      and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
748  *
749  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
750  *      (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
751  *      requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
752  *      backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
753  *      and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
754  *      that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
755  *      four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
756  *      cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
757  *      socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
758  *      The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
759  *      %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
760  *      case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
761  *      flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
762  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
763  *      backward compatibility
764  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
765  *      command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
766  *      as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
767  *      kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
768  *      user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
769  *      frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
770  *      to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
771  *      received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
772  *      or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
773  *      and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
774  *      specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
775  *      returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
776  *      TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
777  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
778  *      management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
779  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
780  *      counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
781  *      is used during CSA period.
782  *      For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
783  *      specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
784  *      in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
785  *      lower layers.
786  *      For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
787  *      indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
788  *      be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
789  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
790  *      command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
791  *      time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
792  *      also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
793  *      wait time.
794  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
795  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
796  *      transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
797  *      the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
798  *      frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
799  *      the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
800  *      tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
801  *      indicate the ack RX timestamp.
802  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
803  *      backward compatibility.
804  *
805  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
806  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
807  *
808  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
809  *      is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
810  *      levels.
811  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
812  *      command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
813  *      reached.
814  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
815  *      and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
816  *      (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
817  *      In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
818  *      with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
819  *      When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
820  *      no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
821  *      of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
822  *      precedence when they are used.
823  *
824  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
825  *      (no longer supported).
826  *
827  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
828  *      multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
829  *      with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
830  *      will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
831  *      MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
832  *      break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
833  *      unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
834  *      to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
835  *      This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
836  *      type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
837  *      (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
838  *      If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
839  *      command, the feature is disabled.
840  *
841  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
842  *      mesh config parameters may be given.
843  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
844  *      network is determined by the network interface.
845  *
846  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
847  *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
848  *      deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
849  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
850  *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
851  *      disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
852  *
853  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
854  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
855  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
856  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
857  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
858  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
859  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
860  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
861  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
862  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
863  *      depending on the authentication result.
864  *
865  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
866  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
867  *      Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
868  *      various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
869  *      command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
870  *      more background information, see
871  *      https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
872  *      The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
873  *      from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
874  *      @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
875  *      for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
876  *      in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
877  *      wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
878  *
879  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
880  *      the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
881  *      feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
882  *      is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
883  *      contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
884  *      this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
885  *      inform userspace of the new replay counter.
886  *
887  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
888  *      of PMKSA caching candidates.
889  *
890  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
891  *      In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
892  *      actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
893  *      In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
894  *      operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
895  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
896  *      %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
897  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
898  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
899  *      sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
900  *      802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
901  *      8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
902  *      supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
903  *      and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
904  *      &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
905  *
906  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
907  *      (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
908  *      implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
909  *      frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
910  *      is received.
911  *      For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
912  *      other attributes like the interface index are present.
913  *      If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
914  *      only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
915  *      is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
916  *
917  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
918  *      associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
919  *      and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
920  *      to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
921  *
922  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
923  *      by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
924  *      acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
925  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
926  *      direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
927  *      up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
928  *      has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
929  *
930  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
931  *      other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
932  *      OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
933  *      messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
934  *
935  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
936  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
937  *
938  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
939  *      independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
940  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
941  *      attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
942  *      sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
943  *      from the remote AP) is completed;
944  *
945  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
946  *      has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
947  *      (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
948  *      initiated on our own).  It indicates that
949  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
950  *      after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
951  *      decide to react to this indication by requesting other
952  *      interfaces to change channel as well.
953  *
954  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
955  *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
956  *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
957  *      P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
958  *      public action frame TX.
959  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
960  *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
961  *
962  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
963  *      notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
964  *      station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
965  *      is used for this.
966  *
967  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
968  *      for IBSS or MESH vif.
969  *
970  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
971  *      This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
972  *      address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
973  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
974  *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
975  *      is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
976  *      will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
977  *      command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
978  *      ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
979  *
980  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
981  *      a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
982  *      or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
983  *      this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
984  *      while operating on this channel.
985  *      %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
986  *      event.
987  *
988  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
989  *      i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
990  *      Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
991  *
992  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
993  *      Information Element to the WLAN driver
994  *
995  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
996  *      to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
997  *      with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
998  *      received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
999  *
1000  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1001  *      a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1002  *      complete.
1003  *
1004  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1005  *      return back to normal.
1006  *
1007  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1008  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1009  *
1010  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1011  *      new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1012  *      in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1013  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1014  *      new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1015  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1016  *      width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1017  *      other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1018  *      switch is complete.
1019  *
1020  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1021  *      by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1022  *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1023  *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1024  *      For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1025  *      used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1026  *      (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1027  *      This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1028  *
1029  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1030  *      The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1031  *      that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1032  *      QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1033  *      association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1034  *
1035  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1036  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1037  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1038  *      Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1039  *      userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1040  *      up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1041  *      If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1042  *      if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1043  *      avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1044  *      make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1045  *      fail even if the check was successful.
1046  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1047  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1048  *      before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1049  *      or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1050  *
1051  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1052  *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1053  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1054  *
1055  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1056  *      bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1057  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1058  *      network is determined by the network interface.
1059  *
1060  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1061  *      identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1062  *      provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1063  *      channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1064  *      %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1065  *      The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1066  *      operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1067  *      AP.
1068  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1069  *      peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1070  *      when this command completes.
1071  *
1072  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1073  *      as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1074  *      management.
1075  *
1076  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1077  *      not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1078  *      cfg80211_scan_done().
1079  *
1080  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1081  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1082  *      previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1083  *      has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1084  *      cluster. This command must have a valid
1085  *      %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1086  *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1087  *      omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1088  *      decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1089  *      added.
1090  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1091  *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1092  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1093  *      with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1094  *      operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1095  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1096  *      of the function upon success.
1097  *      Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1098  *      way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1099  *      event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1100  *      function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1101  *      which just terminated.
1102  *      This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1103  *      returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1104  *      the response to this command.
1105  *      Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1106  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1107  *      This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1108  *      terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1109  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1110  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1111  *      configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1112  *      was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1113  *      attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1114  *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1115  *      current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1116  *      set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1117  *      (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1118  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1119  *      This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1120  *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1121  *
1122  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1123  *      for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1124  *      BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1125  *      does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1126  *      only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1127  *
1128  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1129  *      for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1130  *      When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1131  *      PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1132  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1133  *      configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1134  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1135  * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1136  *      open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1137  *      with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1138  *      client MAC address.
1139  *      Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1140  *      STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1141  *      NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1142  *      handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1143  *      4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1144  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1145  *      and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1146  *      a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1147  *      has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1148  *      frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1149  *      802.11 headers.
1150  *      For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1151  *      its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1152  *      to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1153  *      the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1154  *      the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1155  *      address of that link.
1156  *      When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1157  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1158  *      indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1159  *      was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1160  *
1161  * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1162  *
1163  * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1164  *      drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1165  *      association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1166  *      This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1167  *      to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1168  *      driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1169  *
1170  *      User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1171  *      trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1172  *      this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1173  *      space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1174  *      space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1175  *      further with the association after getting successful authentication
1176  *      status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1177  *      %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1178  *      command interface.
1179  *
1180  *      Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1181  *      %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1182  *      during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1183  *      APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1184  *      in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1185  *      MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1186  *      User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1187  *      receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1188  *      space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1189  *      doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1190  *      User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1191  *      interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1192  *      address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1193  *      BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1194  *      MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1195  *      authentication.
1196  *
1197  *      Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1198  *      user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1199  *      initiated the connection through the connect request.
1200  *
1201  * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1202  *      ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1203  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1204  *      address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1205  *
1206  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1207  *      the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1208  *
1209  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1210  *      with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1211  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1212  *      randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1213  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1214  *      If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1215  *      A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1216  *      the netlink extended ack message.
1217  *
1218  *      To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1219  *
1220  *      Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1221  *      measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1222  *      become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1223  *      buffer size.
1224  *
1225  *      Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1226  *      multiple concurrent measurements.
1227  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1228  *      result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1229  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1230  *      the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1231  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1232  *
1233  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1234  *      detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1235  *      indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1236  *      determining the width and type.
1237  *
1238  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1239  *      offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1240  *      OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1241  *      on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1242  *
1243  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1244  *      refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1245  *      frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1246  *      primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1247  *      the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1248  *      form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1249  *      properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1250  *      regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1251  *      so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1252  *      rate selection.
1253  *
1254  *      Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1255  *      peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1256  *      content. The frame is ethernet data.
1257  *
1258  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1259  *      is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1260  *
1261  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1262  *      frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1263  *      dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1264  *      protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1265  *
1266  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1267  *      port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1268  *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1269  *      includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1270  *      if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1271  *
1272  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1273  *      passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1274  *      specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1275  *
1276  * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1277  *      mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1278  *
1279  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1280  *      userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1281  *
1282  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1283  *      started
1284  *
1285  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1286  *      been aborted
1287  *
1288  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1289  *      has completed
1290  *
1291  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1292  *      &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1293  *      &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1294  *      &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1295  *              (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1296  *
1297  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1298  *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1299  *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1300  *      specify the timeout value.
1301  *
1302  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1303  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1304  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1305  *      without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1306  *      in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1307  *
1308  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1309  * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1310  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1311  *
1312  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1313  *      measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1314  *      is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1315  *      specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1316  *      all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1317  *      address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1318  *      HW timestamping.
1319  *      The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1320  *      is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1321  *
1322  * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1323  *      setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1324  *      Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1325  *      information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1326  *
1327  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1328  *      non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1329  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1330  *      TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1331  *
1332  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1333  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1334  */
1335 enum nl80211_commands {
1336 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1337         NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1338 
1339         NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,          /* can dump */
1340         NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1341         NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1342         NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1343 
1344         NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,      /* can dump */
1345         NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1346         NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1347         NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1348 
1349         NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1350         NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1351         NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1352         NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1353 
1354         NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1355         NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1356         NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1357         NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1358         NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1359         NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1360 
1361         NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1362         NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1363         NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1364         NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1365 
1366         NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1367         NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1368         NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1369         NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1370 
1371         NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1372 
1373         NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1374         NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1375 
1376         NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1377         NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1378 
1379         NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1380 
1381         NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1382 
1383         NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1384         NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1385         NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1386         NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1387 
1388         NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1389 
1390         NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1391         NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1392         NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1393         NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1394 
1395         NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1396 
1397         NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1398 
1399         NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1400         NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1401 
1402         NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1403 
1404         NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1405         NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1406         NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1407 
1408         NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1409 
1410         NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1411         NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1412 
1413         NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1414         NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1415         NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1416 
1417         NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1418         NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1419 
1420         NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1421 
1422         NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1423         NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1424         NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1425         NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1426         NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1427         NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1428 
1429         NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1430         NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1431 
1432         NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1433         NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1434 
1435         NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1436         NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1437 
1438         NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1439 
1440         NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1441         NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1442 
1443         NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1444         NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1445 
1446         NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1447 
1448         NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1449         NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1450 
1451         NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1452         NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1453         NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1454         NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1455 
1456         NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1457 
1458         NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1459 
1460         NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1461         NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1462 
1463         NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1464 
1465         NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1466 
1467         NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1468 
1469         NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1470 
1471         NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1472 
1473         NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1474 
1475         NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1476         NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1477 
1478         NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1479 
1480         NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1481 
1482         NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1483 
1484         NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1485 
1486         NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1487 
1488         NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1489         NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1490 
1491         NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1492         NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1493 
1494         NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1495         NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1496 
1497         NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1498 
1499         NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1500 
1501         NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1502 
1503         NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1504         NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1505 
1506         NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1507 
1508         NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1509         NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1510 
1511         NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1512 
1513         NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1514         NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1515 
1516         NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1517 
1518         NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1519 
1520         NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1521         NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1522         NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1523         NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1524         NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1525         NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1526 
1527         NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1528 
1529         NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1530 
1531         NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1532         NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1533 
1534         NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1535 
1536         NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1537 
1538         NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1539 
1540         NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1541 
1542         NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1543 
1544         NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1545 
1546         NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1547         NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1548         NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1549 
1550         NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1551 
1552         NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1553 
1554         NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1555 
1556         NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1557 
1558         NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1559 
1560         NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1561 
1562         NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1563 
1564         NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1565 
1566         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1567 
1568         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1569         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1570         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1571 
1572         NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1573 
1574         NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1575 
1576         NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1577         NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1578 
1579         NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1580         NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1581         NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1582 
1583         NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1584 
1585         NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1586 
1587         NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
1588 
1589         /* add new commands above here */
1590 
1591         /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1592         __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1593         NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1594 };
1595 
1596 /*
1597  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1598  * here
1599  */
1600 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1601 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1602 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1603 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1604 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1605 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1606 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1607 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1608 
1609 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1610 
1611 /* source-level API compatibility */
1612 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1613 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1614 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1615 
1616 /**
1617  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1618  *
1619  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1620  *
1621  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1622  *      /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1623  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1624  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1625  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1626  *      defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1627  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1628  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1629  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1630  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1631  *      of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1632  *      documentation of the enum for more information.
1633  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1634  *      channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1635  *      operating channel center frequency.
1636  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1637  *      channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1638  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1639  *      if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1640  *      NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1641  *              this attribute)
1642  *      NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1643  *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1644  *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1645  *      This attribute is now deprecated.
1646  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1647  *      less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1648  *      dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1649  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1650  *      greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1651  *      dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1652  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1653  *      length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1654  *      fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1655  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1656  *      larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1657  *      0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1658  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1659  *      section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1660  *
1661  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1662  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1663  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1664  *
1665  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1666  *      that don't have a netdev (u64)
1667  *
1668  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1669  *
1670  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1671  *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1672  *      keys
1673  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1674  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1675  *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1677  *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1678  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1679  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1680  *      default management key
1681  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1682  *      other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1683  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1684  *      other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1685  *
1686  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1687  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1688  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1689  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1690  *
1691  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1692  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1693  *      &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1694  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1695  *      IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1696  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1697  *      rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1698  *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1699  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1700  *      to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1701  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1702  *      given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1703  *      info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1704  *
1705  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1706  *      consisting of a nested array.
1707  *
1708  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1709  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1710  *      (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1711  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1712  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1713  *      info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1714  *      &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1715  *
1716  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1717  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1718  *
1719  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1720  *      current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1721  *      For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1722  *      to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1723  *      also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1724  *      regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1725  *      IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1726  *      Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1727  *      to a specific alpha2.
1728  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1729  *      rules.
1730  *
1731  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1732  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1733  *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1734  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1735  *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1736  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1737  *      rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1738  *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1739  *
1740  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1741  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1742  *
1743  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1744  *      supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1745  *      of the interface mode.
1746  *
1747  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1748  *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1749  *
1750  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1751  *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1752  *
1753  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1754  *      a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1755  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1756  *      scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1757  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1758  *      that can be added to a scan request
1759  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1760  *      elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1761  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1762  *      used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1763  *
1764  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1765  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1766  *      scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1767  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1768  *
1769  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1770  *      currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1771  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1772  *      set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1773  *
1774  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1775  *      an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1776  *      that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1777  *
1778  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1779  *      and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1780  *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1781  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1782  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1783  *      represented as a u32
1784  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1785  *      %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1786  *
1787  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1788  *      a u32
1789  *
1790  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1791  *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1792  *      the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1793  *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1794  *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1795  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1796  *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1797  *      the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1798  *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1799  *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1800  *
1801  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1802  *      cipher suites
1803  *
1804  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1805  *      for other networks on different channels
1806  *
1807  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1808  *      is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1809  *
1810  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1811  *      used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1812  *      this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1813  *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1814  *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1815  *      must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1816  *      Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1817  *      let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1818  *
1819  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1820  *      &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1821  *
1822  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1823  *      IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1824  *      station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1825  *      request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1826  *      authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1827  *      default in station mode.
1828  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1829  *      ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1830  *      specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1831  *      specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1832  *      attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1833  *      indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1834  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1835  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1836  *      ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1837  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1838  *      port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1839  *      will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1840  *      socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1841  *      control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1842  *      flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1843  *      using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1844  *      to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1845  *      flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1846  *      frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1847  *
1848  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1849  *      We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1850  *
1851  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1852  *      event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1853  *      a local disconnect request.
1854  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1855  *      event (u16)
1856  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1857  *      that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1858  *      indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1859  *
1860  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1861  *      indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1862  *      (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1863  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1864  *      indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1865  *      This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1866  *      indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1867  *      implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1868  *      the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1869  *      If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1870  *      assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1871  *
1872  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1873  *      sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1874  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1875  *      sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1876  *
1877  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1878  *      commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1879  *      Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1880  *      Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1881  *      used for the initial association to an ESS.
1882  *
1883  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1884  *      %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1885  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1886  *      and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1887  *      with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1888  *
1889  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1890  * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace.
1891  *
1892  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1893  *      dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1894  *      dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1895  *      obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1896  *      all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1897  *      changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1898  *      completely from scratch.
1899  *
1900  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1901  *
1902  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1903  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1904  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1905  *
1906  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1907  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1908  *      cache, a wiphy attribute.
1909  *
1910  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1911  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1912  *      specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1913  *      remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1914  *
1915  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1916  *
1917  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1918  *      (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1919  *      enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1920  *      data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1921  *      rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1922  *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1923  *      and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1924  *      specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1925  *      The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1926  *      features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1927  *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1928  *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1929  *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1930  *
1931  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1932  *      at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1933  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1934  *      @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1935  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1936  *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1937  *      information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1938  *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1939  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1940  *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1941  *      information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1942  *
1943  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1944  *      acknowledged by the recipient.
1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32)
1946  *
1947  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1948  *
1949  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1950  *      nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1951  *
1952  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1953  *      is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1954  *      invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1955  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1956  *      NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1957  *
1958  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1959  *      connected to this BSS.
1960  *
1961  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1962  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1963  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1964  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1965  *      for non-automatic settings.
1966  *
1967  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1968  *      means support for per-station GTKs.
1969  *
1970  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1971  *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1972  *      not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1973  *      bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1974  *
1975  *      Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1976  *      bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1977  *      drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1978  *      a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1979  *      a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
1980  *      HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1981  *      derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1982  *      Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
1983  *      Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1984  *      support by returning -EINVAL.
1985  *
1986  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1987  *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1988  *      not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1989  *      the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1990  *      For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1991  *
1992  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1993  *      for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1994  *
1995  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1996  *      for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1997  *
1998  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1999  *
2000  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2001  *      transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2002  *      the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2003  *      flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2004  *      nl80211 capability flag.
2005  *
2006  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2007  *
2008  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2009  *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2010  *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2011  *
2012  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
2013  *      changed once the mesh is active.
2014  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2015  *      containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2016  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2017  *      allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2018  *      the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2019  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2020  *      &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2021  *      management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2022  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2023  *
2024  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2025  *      capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2026  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2027  *      indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2028  *      used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2029  *      triggers.
2030  *
2031  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2032  *      cycles, in msecs.
2033  *
2034  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2035  *      sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
2036  *      that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
2037  *      pass-thru filter rules.
2038  *      For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2039  *      set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2040  *      attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2041  *      fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2042  *      able to ignore them by itself.
2043  *      Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2044  *      this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2045  *      needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2046  *      If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2047  *      the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2048  *      is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2049  *      will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2050  *      If omitted, no filtering is done.
2051  *
2052  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2053  *      interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2054  *      defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2055  *      If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set),
2056  *      this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio.
2057  *      See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy
2058  *      combinations for the sum of all radios.
2059  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2060  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2061  *      are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2062  *      any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2063  *
2064  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2065  *      necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2066  *
2067  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2068  *      nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2069  *      being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2070  *      without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2071  *
2072  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2073  *      and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2074  *      &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2075  *
2076  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2077  *      This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2078  *      provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2079  *      driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2080  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2081  *      Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2082  *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2083  *      (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2084  *      (Re)Association Request frames.
2085  *
2086  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2087  *      of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2088  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2089  *      as AP.
2090  *
2091  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2092  *      roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2093  *
2094  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2095  *      candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2096  *
2097  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2098  *      for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2099  *      frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2100  *      applications use this attribute.
2101  *      This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2102  *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2103  *
2104  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2105  *      request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2106  *      described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2107  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2108  *      TDLS conversation between two devices.
2109  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2110  *      &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2111  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2112  *      as a TDLS peer sta.
2113  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2114  *      procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2115  *      %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2116  *      used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2117  *
2118  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2119  *      that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2120  *      with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2121  *      &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2122  *
2123  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2124  *      the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2125  *      it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2126  *      mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2127  *
2128  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2129  *      &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2130  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2131  *      requests while operating in AP-mode.
2132  *      This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2133  *      offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2134  *
2135  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2136  *      probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2137  *      to be filled by the FW.
2138  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2139  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2140  *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2141  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2142  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2143  *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2144  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2145  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2146  *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2147  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable
2148  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2149  *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2150  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2151  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2152  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2153  *      The values that may be configured are:
2154  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2155  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2156  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2157  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2158  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2159  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2160  *      ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2161  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2162  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2163  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2164  *      the station debugfs vht_caps file.
2165  *
2166  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2167  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2168  *    to one DFS region.
2169  *
2170  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2171  *      up to 16 TIDs.
2172  *
2173  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2174  *      used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2175  *      to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2176  *      the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2177  *      capability to timeout the stations.
2178  *
2179  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2180  *      this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2181  *      received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2182  *
2183  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2184  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2185  *
2186  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2187  *      userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2188  *      a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2189  *      was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2190  *      allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2191  *
2192  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2193  *      the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2194  *      enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2195  *
2196  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2197  *      This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2198  *      excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2199  *      Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2200  *      authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2201  *      the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2202  *      initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2203  *      Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2204  *      for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2205  *      consistent.
2206  *
2207  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2208  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2209  *
2210  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2211  *
2212  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2213  *      the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2214  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2215  *      START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2216  *      if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2217  *      no change is made.
2218  *
2219  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2220  *      defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2221  *
2222  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2223  *      carried in a u32 attribute
2224  *
2225  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2226  *      MAC ACL.
2227  *
2228  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2229  *      number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2230  *      ACL.
2231  *
2232  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2233  *      contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2234  *
2235  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2236  *      has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2237  *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2238  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2239  *      has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2240  *
2241  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2242  *      the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2243  *
2244  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2245  *      advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2246  *      and PU-APSD.
2247  *
2248  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2249  *      &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2250  *
2251  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2252  *      receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2253  *      messages, given with wiphy dump message
2254  *
2255  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2256  *
2257  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2258  *      Element
2259  *
2260  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2261  *      reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2262  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2263  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2264  *
2265  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2266  *      This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2267  *      allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2268  *      update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2269  *
2270  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2271  *
2272  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2273  *      until the channel switch event.
2274  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2275  *      must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2276  *      operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2277  *      was requested by the AP.
2278  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2279  *      for the time while performing a channel switch.
2280  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2281  *      switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2282  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2283  *      switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2284  *
2285  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2286  *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2287  *
2288  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2289  *
2290  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2291  *      operating classes.
2292  *
2293  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2294  *      controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2295  *      %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2296  *      channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2297  *      to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2298  *      IBSS network.
2299  *
2300  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2301  *      5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2302  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2303  *      10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2304  *
2305  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2306  *      Notification Element based on association request when used with
2307  *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2308  *      %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2309  *      u8 attribute.
2310  *
2311  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2312  *      %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2313  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2314  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2315  *      attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2316  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2317  *      info, containing a nested array of possible events
2318  *
2319  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2320  *      data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2321  *      in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2322  *
2323  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2324  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2325  *
2326  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2327  *      associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2328  *      Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2329  *      other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2330  *      advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2331  *      to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2332  *
2333  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2334  *      should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2335  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2336  *      supported number of csa counters.
2337  *
2338  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2339  *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2340  *
2341  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2342  *      creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2343  *      that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2344  *      If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2345  *      owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2346  *      be stopped when the socket is closed.
2347  *      If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2348  *      regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2349  *      that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2350  *      cleared when the socket is closed.
2351  *      If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2352  *      if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2353  *      notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2354  *      attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2355  *      multicast group.
2356  *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2357  *      station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2358  *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2359  *      torn down when the socket is closed.
2360  *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2361  *      automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2362  *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2363  *      disabled when the socket is closed.
2364  *
2365  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2366  *      the TDLS link initiator.
2367  *
2368  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2369  *      shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2370  *      used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2371  *      User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2372  *      underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2373  *              %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2374  *              %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2375  *      Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2376  *              %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2377  *      If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2378  *      association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2379  *      flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2380  *
2381  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2382  *      estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2383  *      %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2384  *      drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2385  *      setting valid value for coverage class.
2386  *
2387  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2388  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2389  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2390  *      (per second) (u16 attribute)
2391  *
2392  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2393  *      &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2394  *
2395  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2396  *
2397  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2398  *
2399  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2400  *      is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2401  *      obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2402  *      cfg80211 regdomain.
2403  *
2404  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2405  *      array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2406  *      nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2407  *      least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2408  *      is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2409  *      of byte 3 (u8 array).
2410  *
2411  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2412  *      returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2413  *      may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2414  *      statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2415  *      For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2416  *      should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2417  *      over all channels.
2418  *
2419  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2420  *      scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2421  *      net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2422  *      system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2423  *
2424  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2425  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2426  *
2427  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2428  *      scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2429  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2430  *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2431  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2432  *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2433  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2434  *      Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2435  *      between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2436  *      thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2437  *      between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2438  *      Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2439  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2440  *      in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2441  *      connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2442  *      a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2443  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2444  *      BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2445  *      attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2446  *      BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2447  *      it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2448  *      BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2449  *
2450  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2451  *      or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2452  *
2453  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2454  *
2455  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2456  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2457  *      %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2458  *      other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2459  *      %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2460  *      present.
2461  *
2462  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2463  *      groupID for monitor mode.
2464  *      The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2465  *      group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2466  *      each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2467  *      that group and 0 for not being a member.
2468  *      The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2469  *      each group.
2470  *      (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2471  *      group numbers on least significant bits.)
2472  *      This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2473  *      Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2474  *      groupID data.
2475  *      to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2476  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2477  *      when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2478  *      to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2479  *      (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2480  *
2481  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2482  *      started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2483  *      requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2484  *      attribute must not be included).
2485  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2486  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2487  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2488  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2489  *      maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2490  *      measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2491  *      if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2492  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2493  *      that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2494  *      mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2495  *      and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2496  *
2497  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2498  *      used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2499  *
2500  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2501  *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2502  *      %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2503  *      Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2504  *      should not be used during a normal device operation.
2505  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2506  *      bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2507  *      nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2508  *      would be set.  This attribute is used with
2509  *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2510  *      it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2511  *      the device will decide what to use.
2512  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2513  *      &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2514  *      attribute.
2515  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2516  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2517  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2518  *      protection.
2519  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2520  *      Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2521  *      STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2522  *
2523  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2524  *      packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2525  *
2526  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2527  *      used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2528  *
2529  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2530  *      other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2531  *      connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2532  *      This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2533  *      other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2534  *      the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2535  *      unnecessary wakeups.
2536  *
2537  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2538  *      the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2539  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2540  *      better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2541  *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2542  *
2543  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2544  *      u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2545  *      e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2546  *
2547  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2548  *      username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2549  *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2550  *
2551  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2552  *      of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2553  *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2554  *
2555  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2556  *      to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2557  *      for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2558  *
2559  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2560  *      NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2561  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2562  *      from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2563  *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2564  *
2565  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2566  *      identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2567  *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2568  *
2569  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2570  *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2571  *      For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2572  *      PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2573  *      authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2574  *      support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2575  *      is included as well.
2576  *
2577  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2578  *      indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2579  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2580  *      scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2581  *
2582  * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2583  *      in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2584  *      wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2585  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2586  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2587  *
2588  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2589  *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2590  *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2591  *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2592  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2593  *      space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2594  *      with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2595  *      may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2596  *      is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2597  *      attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2598  *      %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2599  *
2600  * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2601  *      u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2602  *
2603  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2604  *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2605  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2606  *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2607  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2608  *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2609  *      enforced.
2610  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2611  *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2612  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2613  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2614  *      only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2615  *
2616  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2617  *      in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2618  *      measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2619  *      possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2620  *
2621  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2622  *      statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2623  *
2624  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2625  *      if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2626  *      invalid value.
2627  *
2628  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2629  *      data, uses nested attributes specified in
2630  *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2631  *      This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2632  *      with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2633  *
2634  * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2635  *      scheduler.
2636  *
2637  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2638  *      station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2639  *      possible values.
2640  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2641  *      allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2642  *      the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2643  *      should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2644  *      or per-station.
2645  *
2646  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2647  *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2648  *      SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2649  *
2650  * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2651  *
2652  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2653  *      functionality.
2654  *
2655  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2656  *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2657  *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2658  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2659  *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2660  *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2661  *
2662  * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2663  *      (u16).
2664  *
2665  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2666  *
2667  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2668  *      using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2669  *      attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2670  *      supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2671  *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2672  *      advertised for a specific interface type.
2673  *
2674  * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2675  *      nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2676  *      on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2677  *      attributes.
2678  *
2679  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2680  *      port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2681  *
2682  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2683  *      dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2684  *      An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2685  *      Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2686  *      configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2687  *      authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2688  *      where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2689  *      authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2690  *      authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2691  *      result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2692  *
2693  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2694  *      terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2695  *      (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2696  *      parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2697  *      driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2698  *      after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2699  *      has expired.
2700  *
2701  *      Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2702  *      entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2703  *      no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2704  *      disassociation is still forced.
2705  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2706  *      %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2707  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2708  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2709  *      an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2710  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2711  *      first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2712  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2713  *
2714  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2715  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2716  *
2717  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2718  *      discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2719  *      &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2720  *      nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2721  *
2722  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2723  *      unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2724  *      &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2725  *      nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2726  *
2727  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2728  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2729  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2730  *      override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2731  *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2732  *
2733  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2734  *      derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2735  *      This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2736  *      &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2737  *
2738  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2739  *      used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2740  *      of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2741  *      sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2742  *
2743  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2744  *      disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2745  *      is desired.
2746  *
2747  * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2748  *      %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2749  *
2750  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2751  *      until the color switch event.
2752  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2753  *      switching to
2754  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2755  *      information for the time while performing a color switch.
2756  *
2757  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2758  *      advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2759  *      Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2760  *      and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2761  *      Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2762  *      parameters.
2763  *      See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2764  *
2765  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2766  *      Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2767  *      Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2768  *
2769  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2770  *      available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2771  *      to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2772  *      Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2773  *      switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2774  *      radar channel.
2775  *
2776  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2777  *      enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2778  *      used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2779  *
2780  * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2781  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2782  *      only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2783  *
2784  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2785  *      various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2786  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2787  *      per-link information and a link ID.
2788  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2789  *      authenticate/associate.
2790  *
2791  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2792  *      connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2793  *      included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2794  *
2795  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2796  *      AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2797  *      %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2798  *      attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2799  *      suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2800  *      number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2801  *
2802  * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2803  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2804  *
2805  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2806  *      nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2807  *      probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2808  *      When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2809  *      timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2810  *      the ack TX timestamp.
2811  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2812  *      nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2813  *      probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2814  *      When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2815  *      timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2816  *      the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2817  * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2818  *      (re)associations.
2819  *
2820  * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2821  *      bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2822  *      indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2823  *      reserved.
2824  *
2825  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2826  *      timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2827  *      A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2828  *      an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2829  * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2830  *      be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2831  *
2832  * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2833  *      reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2834  *      only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2835  *      Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2836  *      elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2837  *      profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2838  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2839  *      will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2840  *      index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2841  *      MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2842  *
2843  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2844  *      disabled.
2845  *
2846  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2847  *      include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2848  *      cannot be used at all.
2849  *
2850  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2851  *      link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2852  *      mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2853  *      in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2854  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2855  *      link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2856  *      mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2857  *      in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2858  *
2859  * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
2860  *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
2861  *      are used on this connection
2862  *
2863  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios
2864  *      belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs.
2865  *
2866  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the
2867  *      supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each
2868  *      nested item, it contains attributes defined in
2869  *      &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2870  *
2871  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2872  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2873  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2874  */
2875 enum nl80211_attrs {
2876 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2877         NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2878 
2879         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2880         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2881 
2882         NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2883         NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2884         NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2885 
2886         NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2887 
2888         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2889         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2890         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2891         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2892         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2893 
2894         NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2895         NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2896         NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2897         NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2898 
2899         NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2900         NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2901         NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2902         NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2903         NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2904         NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2905 
2906         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2907 
2908         NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2909 
2910         NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2911         NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2912         NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2913         NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2914 
2915         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2916         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2917         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2918 
2919         NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2920 
2921         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2922 
2923         NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2924         NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2925 
2926         NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2927 
2928         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2929 
2930         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2931         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2932         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2933 
2934         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2935 
2936         NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2937         NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2938 
2939         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2940 
2941         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2942         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2943         NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2944         NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2945 
2946         NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2947         NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2948 
2949         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2950 
2951         NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2952         NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2953         NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2954         NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2955 
2956         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2957 
2958         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2959         NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2960 
2961         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2962         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2963 
2964         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2965 
2966 
2967         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2968         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2969         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2970         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2971 
2972         NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2973 
2974         NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2975 
2976         NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2977 
2978         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2979 
2980         NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2981 
2982         NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2983 
2984         NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2985         NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2986 
2987         NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2988         NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2989         NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2990         NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2991 
2992         NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2993         NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2994 
2995         NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2996 
2997         NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2998         NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2999 
3000         NL80211_ATTR_PID,
3001 
3002         NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
3003 
3004         NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
3005 
3006         NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
3007         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
3008 
3009         NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
3010 
3011         NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
3012 
3013         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
3014 
3015         NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
3016 
3017         NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
3018 
3019         NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
3020 
3021         NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
3022 
3023         NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
3024 
3025         NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
3026 
3027         NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
3028 
3029         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3030         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
3031 
3032         NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
3033         NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
3034         NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
3035 
3036         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
3037         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
3038 
3039         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
3040 
3041         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
3042         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
3043 
3044         NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
3045 
3046         NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
3047 
3048         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
3049 
3050         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3051 
3052         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3053 
3054         NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3055 
3056         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3057         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3058 
3059         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3060         NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3061 
3062         NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3063         NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3064 
3065         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3066 
3067         NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3068         NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3069 
3070         NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3071 
3072         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3073         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3074 
3075         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3076 
3077         NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3078 
3079         NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3080         NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3081 
3082         NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3083         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3084 
3085         NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3086 
3087         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3088         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3089 
3090         NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3091 
3092         NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3093 
3094         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3095         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3096         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3097         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3098         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3099 
3100         NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3101 
3102         NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3103 
3104         NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3105 
3106         NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3107 
3108         NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3109 
3110         NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3111 
3112         NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3113         NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3114 
3115         NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3116 
3117         NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3118 
3119         NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3120 
3121         NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3122 
3123         NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3124 
3125         NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3126 
3127         NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3128 
3129         NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3130 
3131         NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3132 
3133         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3134 
3135         NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3136         NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3137         NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3138 
3139         NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3140         NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3141 
3142         NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3143 
3144         NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3145 
3146         NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3147 
3148         NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3149 
3150         NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3151 
3152         NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3153         NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3154 
3155         NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3156         NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3157 
3158         NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3159         NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3160 
3161         NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3162         NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3163 
3164         NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3165         NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3166 
3167         NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3168         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3169 
3170         NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3171 
3172         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3173 
3174         NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3175         NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3176         NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3177         NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3178         NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3179 
3180         NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3181 
3182         NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3183 
3184         NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3185 
3186         NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3187 
3188         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3189         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3190 
3191         NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3192 
3193         NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3194         NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3195         NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3196         NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3197 
3198         NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3199 
3200         NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3201         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3202 
3203         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3204 
3205         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3206 
3207         NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3208 
3209         NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3210         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3211 
3212         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3213 
3214         NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3215 
3216         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3217 
3218         NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3219         NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3220         NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3221 
3222         NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3223 
3224         NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3225 
3226         NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3227 
3228         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3229 
3230         NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3231 
3232         NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3233 
3234         NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3235 
3236         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3237 
3238         NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3239 
3240         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3241         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3242         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3243         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3244 
3245         NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3246 
3247         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3248 
3249         NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3250 
3251         NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3252 
3253         NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3254 
3255         NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3256         NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3257 
3258         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3259         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3260         NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3261         NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3262 
3263         NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3264 
3265         NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3266         NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3267         NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3268         NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3269 
3270         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3271         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3272 
3273         NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3274 
3275         NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3276 
3277         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3278         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3279 
3280         NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3281 
3282         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3283         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3284         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3285         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3286         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3287 
3288         NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3289 
3290         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3291         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3292 
3293         NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3294         NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3295         NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3296 
3297         NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3298         NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3299 
3300         NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3301         NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3302 
3303         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3304 
3305         NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3306         NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3307         NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3308         NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3309 
3310         NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3311 
3312         NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3313 
3314         NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3315 
3316         NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3317 
3318         NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3319 
3320         NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3321         NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3322         NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3323 
3324         NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3325 
3326         NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3327 
3328         NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3329 
3330         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3331         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3332 
3333         NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3334 
3335         NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3336 
3337         NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3338 
3339         NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3340 
3341         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3342 
3343         NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3344         NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3345 
3346         NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3347         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3348         NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3349         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3350 
3351         NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3352 
3353         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3354 
3355         NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3356 
3357         NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3358         NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3359 
3360         NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3361 
3362         NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3363 
3364         NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3365 
3366         NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3367 
3368         NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3369 
3370         NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3371         NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3372         NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3373 
3374         NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3375         NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3376 
3377         NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3378 
3379         NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3380 
3381         NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3382 
3383         NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3384 
3385         NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3386         NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3387         NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3388 
3389         NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3390 
3391         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3392 
3393         NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3394         NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3395 
3396         NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3397         NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3398         NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3399 
3400         NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3401 
3402         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3403         NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3404 
3405         NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3406 
3407         NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3408 
3409         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
3410 
3411         NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
3412         NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
3413 
3414         NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU,
3415 
3416         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS,
3417         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3418 
3419         /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3420 
3421         __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3422         NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3423         NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3424 };
3425 
3426 /* source-level API compatibility */
3427 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3428 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3429 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3430 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3431 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3432 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3433 
3434 /*
3435  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3436  * here
3437  */
3438 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3439 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3440 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3441 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3442 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3443 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3444 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3445 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3446 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3447 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3448 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3449 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3450 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3451 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3452 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3453 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3454 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3455 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3456 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3457 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3458 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3459 
3460 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN               64
3461 
3462 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES                  32
3463 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES               77
3464 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES              128
3465 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY       0
3466 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY     16
3467 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY     24
3468 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN               26
3469 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN              12
3470 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3471 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3472 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES            5
3473 
3474 /*
3475  * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3476  * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3477  */
3478 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES               2
3479 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
3480 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
3481 
3482 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME      10
3483 
3484 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3485 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF             -300
3486 
3487 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL               1800
3488 
3489 /**
3490  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3491  *
3492  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3493  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3494  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3495  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3496  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3497  *      are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3498  *      AP type interface.
3499  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3500  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3501  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3502  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3503  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3504  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3505  *      and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3506  *      %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3507  *      commands to create and destroy one
3508  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3509  *      This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3510  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3511  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3512  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3513  *
3514  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3515  * to set the type of an interface.
3516  *
3517  */
3518 enum nl80211_iftype {
3519         NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3520         NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3521         NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3522         NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3523         NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3524         NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3525         NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3526         NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3527         NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3528         NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3529         NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3530         NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3531         NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3532 
3533         /* keep last */
3534         NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3535         NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3536 };
3537 
3538 /**
3539  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3540  *
3541  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3542  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3543  *
3544  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3545  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3546  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3547  *      with short barker preamble
3548  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3549  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3550  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3551  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3552  *      only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3553  *      flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3554  *      attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3555  *      as errors.)
3556  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3557  *      that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3558  *      previously added station into associated state
3559  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
3560  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3561  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3562  */
3563 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3564         __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3565         NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3566         NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3567         NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3568         NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3569         NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3570         NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3571         NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3572         NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU,
3573 
3574         /* keep last */
3575         __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3576         NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3577 };
3578 
3579 /**
3580  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3581  *
3582  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3583  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3584  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3585  */
3586 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3587         NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3588         NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3589 
3590         NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3591 };
3592 
3593 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API    NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3594 
3595 /**
3596  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3597  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3598  * @set: which values to set them to
3599  *
3600  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3601  */
3602 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3603         __u32 mask;
3604         __u32 set;
3605 } __attribute__((packed));
3606 
3607 /**
3608  * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3609  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3610  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3611  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3612  */
3613 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3614         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3615         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3616         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3617 };
3618 
3619 /**
3620  * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3621  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3622  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3623  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3624  */
3625 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3626         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3627         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3628         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3629 };
3630 
3631 /**
3632  * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3633  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3634  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3635  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3636  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3637  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3638  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3639  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3640  */
3641 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3642         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3643         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3644         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3645         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3646         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3647         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3648         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3649 };
3650 
3651 /**
3652  * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3653  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3654  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3655  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3656  */
3657 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3658         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3659         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3660         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3661 };
3662 
3663 /**
3664  * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3665  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3666  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3667  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3668  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3669  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3670  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3671  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3672  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3673  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3674  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3675  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3676  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3677  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3678  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3679  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3680  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3681  */
3682 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3683         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3684         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3685         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3686         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3687         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3688         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3689         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3690         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3691         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3692         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3693         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3694         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3695         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3696         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3697         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3698         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3699 };
3700 
3701 /**
3702  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3703  *
3704  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3705  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3706  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3707  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3708  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3709  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3710  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3711  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3712  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3713  *
3714  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3715  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3716  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3717  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3718  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3719  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3720  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3721  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3722  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3723  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3724  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3725  *      same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3726  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3727  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3728  *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3729  *      half the base (20 MHz) rate
3730  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3731  *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3732  *      a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3733  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3734  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3735  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3736  *      (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3737  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3738  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3739  *      non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3740  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3741  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3742  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3743  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3744  *      (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3745  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3746  *      non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3747  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3748  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3749  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3750  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3751  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3752  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3753  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3754  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3755  */
3756 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3757         __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3758         NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3759         NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3760         NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3761         NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3762         NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3763         NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3764         NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3765         NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3766         NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3767         NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3768         NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3769         NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3770         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3771         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3772         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3773         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3774         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3775         NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3776         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3777         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3778         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3779         NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3780         NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
3781         NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
3782         NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
3783         NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
3784         NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
3785         NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
3786         NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
3787 
3788         /* keep last */
3789         __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3790         NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3791 };
3792 
3793 /**
3794  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3795  *
3796  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3797  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3798  *
3799  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3800  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3801  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3802  *      (flag)
3803  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3804  *      (flag)
3805  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3806  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3807  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3808  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3809  */
3810 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3811         __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3812         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3813         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3814         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3815         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3816         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3817 
3818         /* keep last */
3819         __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3820         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3821 };
3822 
3823 /**
3824  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3825  *
3826  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3827  * when getting information about a station.
3828  *
3829  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3830  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3831  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3832  *      (u32, from this station)
3833  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3834  *      (u32, to this station)
3835  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3836  *      (u64, from this station)
3837  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3838  *      (u64, to this station)
3839  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3840  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3841  *      containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3842  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3843  *      (u32, from this station)
3844  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3845  *      (u32, to this station)
3846  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3847  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3848  *      (u32, to this station)
3849  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3850  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3851  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3852  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3853  *      (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3854  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3855  *      attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3856  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3857  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3858  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3859  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3860  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3861  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3862  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3863  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3864  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3865  *      non-peer STA
3866  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3867  *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3868  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3869  *      Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3870  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also
3871  *      the 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3872  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3873  *      (u64)
3874  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3875  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3876  *      for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3877  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3878  *      This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3879  *      TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3880  *      each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3881  *      attributes carrying the actual values.
3882  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3883  *      received from the station (u64, usec)
3884  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3885  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3886  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3887  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3888  *      (u32, from this station)
3889  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3890  *      with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3891  *      some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3892  *      might not be fully accurate.
3893  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3894  *      mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3895  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3896  *      sent to the station (u64, usec)
3897  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3898  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3899  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3900  *      of STA's association
3901  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3902  *      authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3903  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3904  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3905  */
3906 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3907         __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3908         NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3909         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3910         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3911         NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3912         NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3913         NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3914         NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3915         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3916         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3917         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3918         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3919         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3920         NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3921         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3922         NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3923         NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3924         NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3925         NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3926         NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3927         NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3928         NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3929         NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3930         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3931         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3932         NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3933         NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3934         NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3935         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3936         NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3937         NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3938         NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3939         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3940         NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3941         NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3942         NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3943         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3944         NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3945         NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3946         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3947         NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3948         NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3949         NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3950         NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3951 
3952         /* keep last */
3953         __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3954         NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3955 };
3956 
3957 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3958 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3959 
3960 
3961 /**
3962  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3963  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3964  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3965  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3966  *      attempted to transmit; u64)
3967  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3968  *      transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3969  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3970  *      MSDUs (u64)
3971  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3972  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3973  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3974  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3975  */
3976 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3977         __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3978         NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3979         NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3980         NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3981         NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3982         NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3983         NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3984 
3985         /* keep last */
3986         NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3987         NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3988 };
3989 
3990 /**
3991  * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3992  * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3993  * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3994  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3995  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3996  *      backlogged
3997  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3998  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3999  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
4000  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
4001  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
4002  *      (only for per-phy stats)
4003  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
4004  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
4005  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
4006  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
4007  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4008  */
4009 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
4010         __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
4011         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
4012         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
4013         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
4014         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
4015         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
4016         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
4017         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
4018         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
4019         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
4020         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
4021         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
4022 
4023         /* keep last */
4024         NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
4025         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
4026 };
4027 
4028 /**
4029  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4030  *
4031  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4032  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4033  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4034  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4035  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4036  */
4037 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
4038         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =     1<<0,
4039         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =  1<<1,
4040         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =   1<<2,
4041         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =      1<<3,
4042         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =   1<<4,
4043 };
4044 
4045 /**
4046  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4047  *
4048  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4049  * information about a mesh path.
4050  *
4051  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4052  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4053  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4054  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4055  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4056  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4057  *      &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4058  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4059  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4060  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4061  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4062  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4063  *      currently defined
4064  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4065  */
4066 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4067         __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4068         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4069         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4070         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4071         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4072         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4073         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4074         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4075         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4076         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4077 
4078         /* keep last */
4079         __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4080         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4081 };
4082 
4083 /**
4084  * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4085  *
4086  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4087  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4088  *     for each interface type that supports the band data
4089  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4090  *     capabilities IE
4091  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4092  *     capabilities IE
4093  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4094  *     capabilities IE
4095  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4096  *     defined in HE capabilities IE
4097  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4098  *      given for all 6 GHz band channels
4099  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4100  *      advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4101  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4102  *      capabilities element
4103  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4104  *      capabilities element
4105  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4106  *      capabilities element
4107  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4108  *      defined in EHT capabilities element
4109  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4110  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4111  */
4112 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4113         __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4114 
4115         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4116         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4117         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4118         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4119         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4120         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4121         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4122         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4123         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4124         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4125         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4126 
4127         /* keep last */
4128         __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4129         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4130 };
4131 
4132 /**
4133  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4134  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4135  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4136  *      an array of nested frequency attributes
4137  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4138  *      an array of nested bitrate attributes
4139  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4140  *      defined in 802.11n
4141  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4142  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4143  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4144  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4145  *      defined in 802.11ac
4146  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4147  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4148  *      attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4149  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4150  *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4151  *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4152  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4153  *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4154  *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4155  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4156  *      set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4157  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4158  *      S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4159  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4160  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4161  */
4162 enum nl80211_band_attr {
4163         __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4164         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4165         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4166 
4167         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4168         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4169         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4170         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4171 
4172         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4173         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4174         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4175 
4176         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4177         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4178 
4179         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4180         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4181 
4182         /* keep last */
4183         __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4184         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4185 };
4186 
4187 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4188 
4189 /**
4190  * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4191  *
4192  * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4193  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4194  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4195  * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4196  * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4197  * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4198  * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4199  */
4200 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4201         __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4202         NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4203         NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4204         NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4205         NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4206 
4207         /* keep last */
4208         __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4209         NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4210 };
4211 
4212 /**
4213  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4214  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4215  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4216  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4217  *      regulatory domain.
4218  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4219  *      are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4220  *      requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4221  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR
4222  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4223  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4224  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4225  *      (100 * dBm).
4226  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4227  *      (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4228  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4229  *      this channel is in this DFS state.
4230  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4231  *      channel as the control channel
4232  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4233  *      channel as the control channel
4234  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4235  *      as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4236  *      this includes 80+80 channels
4237  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4238  *      using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4239  *      isn't possible
4240  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4241  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4242  *      channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4243  *      used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4244  *      an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4245  *      through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4246  *      that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4247  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4248  *      channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4249  *      the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4250  *      band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4251  *      off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4252  *      done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4253  *      the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4254  *      off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4255  *      radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4256  *      wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4257  *      attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4258  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4259  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4260  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4261  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4262  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4263  *      This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4264  *      (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4265  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4266  *      in current regulatory domain.
4267  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4268  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4269  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4270  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4271  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4272  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4273  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4274  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4275  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4276  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4277  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4278  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4279  *      as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4280  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4281  *      in current regulatory domain.
4282  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4283  *      is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4284  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
4285  *      allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
4286  *      of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
4287  *      Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4288  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
4289  *      not allowed using this channel
4290  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
4291  *      not allowed using this channel
4292  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
4293  *      mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
4294  *      otherwise completely disabled.
4295  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a
4296  *      very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR.
4297  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4298  *      currently defined
4299  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4300  *
4301  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4302  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4303  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4304  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4305  */
4306 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4307         __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4308         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4309         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4310         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4311         __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4312         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4313         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4314         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4315         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4316         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4317         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4318         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4319         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4320         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4321         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4322         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4323         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4324         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4325         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4326         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4327         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4328         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4329         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4330         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4331         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4332         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4333         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4334         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4335         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
4336         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
4337         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT,
4338         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT,
4339         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR,
4340         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP,
4341 
4342         /* keep last */
4343         __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4344         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4345 };
4346 
4347 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4348 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN     NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4349 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS          NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4350 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR            NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4351 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4352                                         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4353 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
4354         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4355 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
4356         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4357 
4358 /**
4359  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4360  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4361  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4362  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4363  *      in 2.4 GHz band.
4364  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4365  *      currently defined
4366  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4367  */
4368 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4369         __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4370         NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4371         NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4372 
4373         /* keep last */
4374         __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4375         NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4376 };
4377 
4378 /**
4379  * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4380  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4381  *      regulatory domain.
4382  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4383  *      regulatory domain.
4384  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4385  *      wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4386  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4387  *      802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4388  *      thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4389  *      code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4390  *      structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4391  *      If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4392  *      be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4393  */
4394 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4395         NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4396         NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4397         NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4398         NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4399 };
4400 
4401 /**
4402  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4403  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4404  *      to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4405  *      ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4406  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4407  *      domain.
4408  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4409  *      driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4410  *      and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4411  *      them to be applied.
4412  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4413  *      of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4414  *      set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4415  *      domain request to be processed.
4416  */
4417 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4418         NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4419         NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4420         NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4421         NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4422 };
4423 
4424 /**
4425  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4426  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4427  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4428  *      considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4429  *      &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4430  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4431  *      rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4432  *      band edge.
4433  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4434  *      in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4435  *      band edge.
4436  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4437  *      frequency range, in KHz.
4438  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4439  *      for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4440  *      If you don't have one then don't send this.
4441  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4442  *      a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4443  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4444  *      If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4445  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4446  *      This could be negative.
4447  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4448  *      currently defined
4449  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4450  */
4451 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4452         __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4453         NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4454 
4455         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4456         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4457         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4458 
4459         NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4460         NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4461 
4462         NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4463 
4464         NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
4465 
4466         /* keep last */
4467         __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4468         NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4469 };
4470 
4471 /**
4472  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4473  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4474  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4475  *      only report BSS with matching SSID.
4476  *      (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4477  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4478  *      BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4479  *      if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4480  *      the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4481  *      matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4482  *      how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4483  *      the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4484  *      attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4485  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4486  *      %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4487  *      relative to current bss's RSSI.
4488  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4489  *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4490  *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4491  *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4492  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4493  *      (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4494  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
4495  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4496  *      attribute number currently defined
4497  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4498  */
4499 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4500         __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4501 
4502         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4503         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4504         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4505         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4506         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4507         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */
4508 
4509         /* keep last */
4510         __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4511         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4512                 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4513 };
4514 
4515 /* only for backward compatibility */
4516 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4517 
4518 /**
4519  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4520  *
4521  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4522  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4523  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4524  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4525  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4526  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4527  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4528  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4529  *      this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4530  *      beaconing.
4531  * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR
4532  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4533  *      base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4534  *      multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4535  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4536  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4537  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4538  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4539  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4540  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4541  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4542  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4543  * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4544  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
4545  *      peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
4546  *      which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
4547  *      Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4548  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
4549  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
4550  * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted
4551  *      despite NO_IR configuration.
4552  */
4553 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4554         NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM             = 1<<0,
4555         NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK              = 1<<1,
4556         NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR           = 1<<2,
4557         NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR          = 1<<3,
4558         NL80211_RRF_DFS                 = 1<<4,
4559         NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY            = 1<<5,
4560         NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY           = 1<<6,
4561         NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               = 1<<7,
4562         __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS           = 1<<8,
4563         NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW             = 1<<11,
4564         NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT       = 1<<12,
4565         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS        = 1<<13,
4566         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS         = 1<<14,
4567         NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ            = 1<<15,
4568         NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ           = 1<<16,
4569         NL80211_RRF_NO_HE               = 1<<17,
4570         NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ           = 1<<18,
4571         NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT              = 1<<19,
4572         NL80211_RRF_PSD                 = 1<<20,
4573         NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT      = 1<<21,
4574         NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT  = 1<<22,
4575         NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT  = 1<<23,
4576         NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP   = 1<<24,
4577 };
4578 
4579 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4580 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS             NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4581 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4582 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40             (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4583                                          NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4584 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT       NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4585 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT   NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4586 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT   NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4587 
4588 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4589 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL           (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4590 
4591 /**
4592  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4593  *
4594  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4595  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4596  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4597  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4598  */
4599 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4600         NL80211_DFS_UNSET       = 0,
4601         NL80211_DFS_FCC         = 1,
4602         NL80211_DFS_ETSI        = 2,
4603         NL80211_DFS_JP          = 3,
4604 };
4605 
4606 /**
4607  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4608  *
4609  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4610  *      assumed if the attribute is not set.
4611  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4612  *      base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4613  *      properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4614  *      by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4615  *      capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4616  *      ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4617  *      present has been registered with the wireless core that
4618  *      has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4619  *      supported feature.
4620  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4621  *      platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4622  */
4623 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4624         NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER      = 0,
4625         NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4626         NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4627 };
4628 
4629 /**
4630  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4631  *
4632  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4633  * when getting information about a survey.
4634  *
4635  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4636  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4637  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4638  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4639  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4640  *      was turned on (on channel or globally)
4641  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4642  *      channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4643  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4644  *      channel was sensed busy
4645  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4646  *      receiving data (on channel or globally)
4647  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4648  *      transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4649  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4650  *      (on this channel or globally)
4651  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4652  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4653  *      receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4654  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4655  *      currently defined
4656  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4657  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4658  */
4659 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4660         __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4661         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4662         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4663         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4664         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4665         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4666         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4667         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4668         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4669         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4670         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4671         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4672         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4673 
4674         /* keep last */
4675         __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4676         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4677 };
4678 
4679 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4680 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME                NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4681 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY           NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4682 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY       NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4683 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4684 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4685 
4686 /**
4687  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4688  *
4689  * Monitor configuration flags.
4690  *
4691  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4692  *
4693  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4694  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4695  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4696  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4697  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4698  *      overrides all other flags.
4699  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4700  *      and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4701  *
4702  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4703  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4704  */
4705 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4706         __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4707         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4708         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4709         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4710         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4711         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4712         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4713 
4714         /* keep last */
4715         __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4716         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4717 };
4718 
4719 /**
4720  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4721  *
4722  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4723  *      not known or has not been set yet.
4724  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4725  *      in Awake state all the time.
4726  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4727  *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4728  *      neighbor's beacons.
4729  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4730  *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4731  *      for neighbor's beacons.
4732  *
4733  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4734  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level
4735  */
4736 
4737 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4738         NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4739         NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4740         NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4741         NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4742 
4743         __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4744         NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4745 };
4746 
4747 /**
4748  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4749  *
4750  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4751  * active.
4752  *
4753  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4754  *
4755  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4756  *      millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4757  *
4758  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4759  *      millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4760  *
4761  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4762  *      millisecond units
4763  *
4764  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4765  *      on this mesh interface
4766  *
4767  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4768  *      open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4769  *      mesh
4770  *
4771  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4772  *      point.
4773  *
4774  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4775  *      peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4776  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4777  *      set.
4778  *
4779  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4780  *      containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4781  *      target)
4782  *
4783  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4784  *      (in milliseconds)
4785  *
4786  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4787  *      until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4788  *
4789  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4790  *      points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4791  *      the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4792  *
4793  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4794  *      TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4795  *      reference element
4796  *
4797  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4798  *      that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4799  *      mesh
4800  *
4801  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4802  *
4803  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4804  *      source mesh point for path selection elements.
4805  *
4806  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4807  *      root announcements are transmitted.
4808  *
4809  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4810  *      access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4811  *      Announcement frames.
4812  *
4813  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4814  *      TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4815  *      PERR element.
4816  *
4817  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4818  *      or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4819  *
4820  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4821  *      threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4822  *      a peer link.
4823  *
4824  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4825  *      to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4826  *      (see 11C.12.2.2)
4827  *
4828  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4829  *
4830  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4831  *
4832  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4833  *      which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4834  *      information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4835  *
4836  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4837  *      proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4838  *
4839  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4840  *      (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4841  *      containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4842  *
4843  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4844  *      type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4845  *
4846  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4847  *
4848  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4849  *      established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4850  *      remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4851  *      the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4852  *
4853  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4854  *      will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4855  *      field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4856  *      advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4857  *
4858  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4859  *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4860  *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4861  *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4862  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4863  *
4864  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4865  *      will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4866  *      in the mesh formation field.
4867  *
4868  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4869  */
4870 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4871         __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4872         NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4873         NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4874         NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4875         NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4876         NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4877         NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4878         NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4879         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4880         NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4881         NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4882         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4883         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4884         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4885         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4886         NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4887         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4888         NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4889         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4890         NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4891         NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4892         NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4893         NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4894         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4895         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4896         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4897         NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4898         NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4899         NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4900         NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4901         NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4902         NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4903 
4904         /* keep last */
4905         __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4906         NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4907 };
4908 
4909 /**
4910  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4911  *
4912  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4913  * changed while the mesh is active.
4914  *
4915  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4916  *
4917  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4918  *      vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4919  *      default HWMP.
4920  *
4921  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4922  *      vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4923  *      metric.
4924  *
4925  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4926  *      robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4927  *      that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4928  *      metrics in use.
4929  *
4930  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4931  *      daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4932  *
4933  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4934  *      daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4935  *      Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4936  *      a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4937  *      management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4938  *      functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4939  *      key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4940  *      autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4941  *      userspace daemon.
4942  *
4943  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4944  *      vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4945  *      neighbor offset synchronization
4946  *
4947  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4948  *      implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4949  *
4950  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4951  *      method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4952  *      Default is no authentication method required.
4953  *
4954  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4955  *
4956  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4957  */
4958 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4959         __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4960         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4961         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4962         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4963         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4964         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4965         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4966         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4967         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4968 
4969         /* keep last */
4970         __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4971         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4972 };
4973 
4974 /**
4975  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4976  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4977  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4978  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4979  *      disabled
4980  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4981  *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4982  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4983  *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4984  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4985  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4986  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4987  */
4988 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4989         __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4990         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4991         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4992         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4993         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4994         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4995 
4996         /* keep last */
4997         __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4998         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4999 };
5000 
5001 enum nl80211_ac {
5002         NL80211_AC_VO,
5003         NL80211_AC_VI,
5004         NL80211_AC_BE,
5005         NL80211_AC_BK,
5006         NL80211_NUM_ACS
5007 };
5008 
5009 /* backward compat */
5010 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE  NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
5011 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO        NL80211_AC_VO
5012 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI        NL80211_AC_VI
5013 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE        NL80211_AC_BE
5014 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK        NL80211_AC_BK
5015 
5016 /**
5017  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
5018  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5019  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
5020  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5021  *      below the control channel
5022  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5023  *      above the control channel
5024  */
5025 enum nl80211_channel_type {
5026         NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
5027         NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
5028         NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
5029         NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
5030 };
5031 
5032 /**
5033  * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
5034  *
5035  * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
5036  *      Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
5037  *
5038  * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
5039  * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
5040  *
5041  * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
5042  *      Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
5043  * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
5044  *      The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
5045  *      the preferred Tx key for the station.
5046  */
5047 enum nl80211_key_mode {
5048         NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
5049         NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
5050         NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
5051 };
5052 
5053 /**
5054  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5055  *
5056  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5057  * attribute.
5058  *
5059  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5060  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5061  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5062  *      attribute must be provided as well
5063  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5064  *      attribute must be provided as well
5065  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5066  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5067  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5068  *      attribute must be provided as well
5069  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5070  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5071  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5072  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5073  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5074  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5075  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5076  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5077  *      attribute must be provided as well
5078  */
5079 enum nl80211_chan_width {
5080         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
5081         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5082         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
5083         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
5084         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
5085         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
5086         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5087         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5088         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5089         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5090         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
5091         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
5092         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
5093         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
5094 };
5095 
5096 /**
5097  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5098  *
5099  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5100  *
5101  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5102  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5103  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5104  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5105  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5106  */
5107 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5108         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5109         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5110         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5111         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5112         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5113 };
5114 
5115 /**
5116  * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5117  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5118  *      including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5119  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5120  *      MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5121  *      the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5122  *      additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5123  */
5124 enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
5125         NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
5126         NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
5127 };
5128 
5129 /**
5130  * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5131  *      BSS isn't possible
5132  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5133  *      supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5134  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
5135  *      the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
5136  */
5137 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
5138         NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY  = 1 << 0,
5139         NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH        = 1 << 1,
5140 };
5141 
5142 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
5143         NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
5144 
5145 /**
5146  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5147  *
5148  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5149  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5150  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5151  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5152  *      (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5153  *      from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5154  *      that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5155  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5156  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5157  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5158  *      raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5159  *      if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5160  *      different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5161  *      they are from a Beacon frame.
5162  *      However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5163  *      IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5164  *      If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5165  *      data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5166  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5167  *      in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5168  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5169  *      in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5170  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5171  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5172  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5173  *      elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5174  *      yet been received
5175  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5176  *      (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5177  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5178  *      (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5179  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5180  *      @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5181  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5182  *      was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5183  *      accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5184  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5185  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5186  *      octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5187  *      this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5188  *      @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5189  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5190  *      is set.
5191  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5192  *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5193  *      using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5194  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5195  * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5196  * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5197  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5198  *      used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5199  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5200  *      be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5201  *      even though its presence was detected.
5202  *      This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5203  *      &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5204  *      if no reasons are specified.
5205  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5206  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5207  */
5208 enum nl80211_bss {
5209         __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5210         NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5211         NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5212         NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5213         NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5214         NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5215         NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5216         NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5217         NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5218         NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5219         NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5220         NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5221         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5222         NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5223         NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5224         NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5225         NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5226         NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5227         NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5228         NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5229         NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5230         NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5231         NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5232         NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
5233         NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
5234 
5235         /* keep last */
5236         __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5237         NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5238 };
5239 
5240 /**
5241  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5242  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5243  *      Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5244  *      keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5245  *      a given BSS.
5246  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5247  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5248  *
5249  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5250  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5251  */
5252 enum nl80211_bss_status {
5253         NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5254         NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5255         NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5256 };
5257 
5258 /**
5259  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5260  *
5261  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5262  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5263  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5264  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5265  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5266  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5267  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5268  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5269  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5270  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5271  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5272  *      trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5273  *      the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5274  */
5275 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5276         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5277         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5278         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5279         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5280         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5281         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5282         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5283         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5284 
5285         /* keep last */
5286         __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5287         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5288         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5289 };
5290 
5291 /**
5292  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5293  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5294  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5295  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5296  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5297  */
5298 enum nl80211_key_type {
5299         NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5300         NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5301         NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5302 
5303         NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5304 };
5305 
5306 /**
5307  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5308  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5309  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5310  * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5311  */
5312 enum nl80211_mfp {
5313         NL80211_MFP_NO,
5314         NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5315         NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5316 };
5317 
5318 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5319         NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5320         NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5321         NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5322 };
5323 
5324 /**
5325  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5326  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5327  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5328  *      unicast key
5329  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5330  *      multicast key
5331  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5332  */
5333 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5334         __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5335         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5336         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5337 
5338         NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5339 };
5340 
5341 /**
5342  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5343  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5344  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5345  *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5346  *      keys
5347  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5348  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5349  *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5350  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5351  *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5352  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5353  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5354  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5355  *      specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5356  *      given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5357  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5358  *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5359  *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5360  * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5361  *      Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5362  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5363  *
5364  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5365  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5366  */
5367 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5368         __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5369         NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5370         NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5371         NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5372         NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5373         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5374         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5375         NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5376         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5377         NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5378         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5379 
5380         /* keep last */
5381         __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5382         NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5383 };
5384 
5385 /**
5386  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5387  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5388  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5389  *      in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5390  *      1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5391  *      %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5392  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5393  *      in an array of MCS numbers.
5394  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5395  *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5396  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5397  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5398  *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5399  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5400  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5401  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5402  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5403  */
5404 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5405         __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5406         NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5407         NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5408         NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5409         NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5410         NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5411         NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5412         NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5413 
5414         /* keep last */
5415         __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5416         NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5417 };
5418 
5419 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5420 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX             8
5421 
5422 /**
5423  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5424  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5425  */
5426 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5427         __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5428 };
5429 
5430 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX              8
5431 /**
5432  * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5433  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5434  */
5435 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5436         __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5437 };
5438 
5439 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5440         NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5441         NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5442         NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5443 };
5444 
5445 /**
5446  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5447  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5448  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5449  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5450  * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5451  * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5452  * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5453  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5454  *      since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5455  */
5456 enum nl80211_band {
5457         NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5458         NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5459         NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5460         NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5461         NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5462         NL80211_BAND_LC,
5463 
5464         NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5465 };
5466 
5467 /**
5468  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5469  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5470  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5471  */
5472 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5473         NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5474         NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5475 };
5476 
5477 /**
5478  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5479  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5480  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5481  *      the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5482  *      to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5483  *      set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5484  *      threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5485  *      crosses any of the thresholds.
5486  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5487  *      the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5488  *      new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5489  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5490  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5491  *      consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5492  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5493  *      during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5494  *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5495  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5496  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5497  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5498  *      checked.
5499  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5500  *      interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5501  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5502  *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5503  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5504  *      loss event
5505  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5506  *      RSSI threshold event.
5507  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5508  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5509  */
5510 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5511         __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5512         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5513         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5514         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5515         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5516         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5517         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5518         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5519         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5520         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5521 
5522         /* keep last */
5523         __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5524         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5525 };
5526 
5527 /**
5528  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5529  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5530  *      configured threshold
5531  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5532  *      configured threshold
5533  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5534  */
5535 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5536         NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5537         NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5538         NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5539 };
5540 
5541 
5542 /**
5543  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5544  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5545  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5546  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5547  */
5548 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5549         NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5550         NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5551         NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5552 };
5553 
5554 /**
5555  * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5556  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5557  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5558  */
5559 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5560         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5561         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5562 };
5563 
5564 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5565  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5566  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5567  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5568  */
5569 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5570         NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5571         NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5572         NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5573 };
5574 
5575 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5576  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5577  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5578  *      for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5579  *      (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5580  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5581  *      per peer instead.
5582  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
5583  *      that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5584  *      configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5585  *      should be left untouched.
5586  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5587  *      Its type is u16.
5588  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5589  *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5590  *      Its type is u8.
5591  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5592  *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5593  *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5594  *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5595  *      output in wiphy capabilities.
5596  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5597  *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5598  *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5599  *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5600  *      output in wiphy capabilities.
5601  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5602  *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5603  *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5604  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5605  *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5606  *      the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5607  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5608  *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5609  *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5610  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5611  *      to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5612  *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5613  *      the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5614  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5615  *      with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5616  *      configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5617  *      station.
5618  */
5619 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5620         __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5621         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5622         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5623         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5624         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5625         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5626         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5627         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5628         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5629         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5630         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5631         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5632         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5633         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5634 
5635         /* keep last */
5636         __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5637         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5638 };
5639 
5640 /**
5641  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5642  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5643  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5644  *      a zero bit are ignored
5645  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5646  *      a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5647  *      to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5648  *      in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5649  *      corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5650  *      For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5651  *      xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5652  *      twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5653  *      Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5654  *      802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5655  *      first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5656  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5657  *      these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5658  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5659  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5660  */
5661 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5662         __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5663         NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5664         NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5665         NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5666 
5667         NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5668         MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5669 };
5670 
5671 /**
5672  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5673  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5674  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5675  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5676  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5677  *
5678  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5679  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5680  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5681  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5682  * by the kernel to userspace.
5683  */
5684 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5685         __u32 max_patterns;
5686         __u32 min_pattern_len;
5687         __u32 max_pattern_len;
5688         __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5689 } __attribute__((packed));
5690 
5691 /* only for backward compatibility */
5692 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5693 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5694 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5695 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5696 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5697 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5698 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5699 
5700 /**
5701  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5702  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5703  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5704  *      the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5705  *      support for low-power operation already (flag)
5706  *      Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5707  *      any others are even supported by the device.
5708  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5709  *      is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5710  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5711  *      by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5712  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5713  *      which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5714  *      defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5715  *      Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5716  *      each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5717  *      done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5718  *      pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5719  *
5720  *      In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5721  *      carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5722  *
5723  *      When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5724  *      index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5725  *      to the kernel when configuring.
5726  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5727  *      used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5728  *      by the device (flag)
5729  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5730  *      done by the device) (flag)
5731  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5732  *      packet (flag)
5733  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5734  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5735  *      (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5736  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5737  *      the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5738  *      may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5739  *      attribute contains the original length.
5740  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5741  *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5742  *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5743  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5744  *      802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5745  *      be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5746  *      contains the original length.
5747  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5748  *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5749  *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5750  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5751  *      "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5752  *      containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5753  *      the TCP connection.
5754  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5755  *      wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5756  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5757  *      TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5758  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5759  *      the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5760  *      service
5761  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5762  *      is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5763  *      same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5764  *      specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5765  *      channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5766  *      results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5767  *      attribute is also sent in a response to
5768  *      @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5769  *      supported by the driver (u32).
5770  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5771  *      containing an array with information about what triggered the
5772  *      wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5773  *      that the information is not available.  If more than one
5774  *      element is present, it means that more than one match
5775  *      occurred.
5776  *      Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5777  *      one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5778  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5779  *      these attributes must be present.  If
5780  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5781  *      frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5782  *      channel.
5783  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
5784  *      Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
5785  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5786  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5787  *
5788  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5789  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5790  */
5791 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5792         __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5793         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5794         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5795         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5796         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5797         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5798         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5799         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5800         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5801         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5802         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5803         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5804         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5805         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5806         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5807         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5808         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5809         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5810         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5811         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5812         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC,
5813 
5814         /* keep last */
5815         NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5816         MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5817 };
5818 
5819 /**
5820  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5821  *
5822  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5823  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5824  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5825  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5826  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5827  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5828  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5829  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5830  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5831  *
5832  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5833  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5834  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5835  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5836  * also woken up.
5837  *
5838  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5839  * response packets might not go through correctly.
5840  */
5841 
5842 /**
5843  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5844  * @start: starting value
5845  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5846  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5847  *
5848  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5849  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5850  * in little endian.
5851  */
5852 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5853         __u32 start, offset, len;
5854 };
5855 
5856 /**
5857  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5858  * @offset: offset of token in packet
5859  * @len: length of each token
5860  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5861  *      be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5862  */
5863 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5864         __u32 offset, len;
5865         __u8 token_stream[];
5866 };
5867 
5868 /**
5869  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5870  * @min_len: minimum token length
5871  * @max_len: maximum token length
5872  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5873  */
5874 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5875         __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5876 };
5877 
5878 /**
5879  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5880  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5881  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5882  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5883  *      (in network byte order)
5884  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5885  *      route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5886  *      and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5887  *      might require ARP querying.
5888  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5889  *      socket and port will be allocated
5890  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5891  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5892  *      For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5893  *      of the data payload.
5894  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5895  *      (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5896  *      advertising it is just a flag
5897  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5898  *      see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5899  *      &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5900  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5901  *      interval in feature advertising (u32)
5902  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5903  *      u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5904  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5905  *      feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5906  *      but on the TCP payload only.
5907  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5908  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5909  */
5910 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5911         __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5912         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5913         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5914         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5915         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5916         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5917         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5918         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5919         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5920         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5921         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5922         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5923 
5924         /* keep last */
5925         NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5926         MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5927 };
5928 
5929 /**
5930  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5931  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5932  * @pat: packet pattern support information
5933  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5934  *
5935  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5936  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5937  */
5938 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5939         __u32 max_rules;
5940         struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5941         __u32 max_delay;
5942 } __attribute__((packed));
5943 
5944 /**
5945  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5946  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5947  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5948  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5949  *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5950  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5951  *      after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5952  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5953  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5954  */
5955 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5956         __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5957         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5958         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5959         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5960 
5961         /* keep last */
5962         NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5963         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5964 };
5965 
5966 /**
5967  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5968  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5969  *      in a rule are matched.
5970  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5971  *      in a rule are not matched.
5972  */
5973 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5974         NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5975         NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5976 };
5977 
5978 /**
5979  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5980  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5981  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5982  *      can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5983  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5984  *      flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5985  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5986  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5987  */
5988 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5989         NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5990         NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5991         NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5992 
5993         /* keep last */
5994         NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5995         MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5996 };
5997 
5998 /**
5999  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
6000  *
6001  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6002  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
6003  *      for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
6004  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
6005  *      interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
6006  *      apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
6007  *      in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
6008  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
6009  *      beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
6010  *      infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
6011  *      the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
6012  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
6013  *      different channels may be used within this group.
6014  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6015  *      of supported channel widths for radar detection.
6016  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6017  *      of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
6018  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
6019  *      different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
6020  *      in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
6021  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
6022  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
6023  *
6024  * Examples:
6025  *      limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
6026  *      => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
6027  *
6028  *      numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
6029  *      => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
6030  *
6031  *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
6032  *      => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
6033  *
6034  *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
6035  *      => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
6036  *
6037  * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
6038  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
6039  * that any of these groups must match.
6040  *
6041  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
6042  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
6043  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
6044  * interface type, the following group always exists:
6045  *      numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
6046  */
6047 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
6048         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
6049         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
6050         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
6051         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
6052         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
6053         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
6054         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
6055         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
6056 
6057         /* keep last */
6058         NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
6059         MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
6060 };
6061 
6062 
6063 /**
6064  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6065  *
6066  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6067  *      state of non-existent mesh peer links
6068  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6069  *      this mesh peer
6070  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6071  *      from this mesh peer
6072  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6073  *      received from this mesh peer
6074  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6075  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6076  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6077  *      plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6078  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6079  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6080  */
6081 enum nl80211_plink_state {
6082         NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
6083         NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
6084         NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
6085         NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
6086         NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
6087         NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
6088         NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
6089 
6090         /* keep last */
6091         NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
6092         MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
6093 };
6094 
6095 /**
6096  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6097  *
6098  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6099  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6100  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6101  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6102  */
6103 enum nl80211_plink_action {
6104         NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
6105         NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
6106         NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
6107 
6108         NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6109 };
6110 
6111 
6112 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN                 16
6113 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN                 16
6114 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN             24
6115 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN             32
6116 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32          32
6117 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN          8
6118 
6119 /**
6120  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6121  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6122  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6123  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6124  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6125  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6126  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6127  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6128  */
6129 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6130         __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6131         NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6132         NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6133         NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6134         NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6135 
6136         /* keep last */
6137         NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6138         MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6139 };
6140 
6141 /**
6142  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6143  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6144  *      Beacon frames)
6145  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6146  *      in Beacon frames
6147  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6148  *      element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6149  */
6150 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6151         NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6152         NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6153         NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6154 };
6155 
6156 /**
6157  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6158  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6159  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6160  *      is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6161  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6162  *      as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6163  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6164  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6165  */
6166 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6167         __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6168         NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6169         NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6170 
6171         /* keep last */
6172         __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6173         NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6174 };
6175 
6176 /**
6177  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6178  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6179  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6180  *      priority)
6181  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6182  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6183  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6184  *      (internal)
6185  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6186  *      (internal)
6187  */
6188 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6189         __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6190         NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6191         NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6192         NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6193 
6194         /* keep last */
6195         NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6196         MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6197 };
6198 
6199 /**
6200  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6201  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6202  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6203  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6204  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6205  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6206  */
6207 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6208         NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6209         NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6210         NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6211         NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6212         NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6213 };
6214 
6215 /**
6216  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6217  * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6218  *      when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6219  *      "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6220  */
6221 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6222         NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD         = 1 << 0,
6223 };
6224 
6225 /**
6226  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6227  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6228  *      TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6229  *      socket option.
6230  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6231  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6232  *      the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6233  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6234  *      to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6235  *      cellular base stations.
6236  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6237  *      here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6238  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6239  *      equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6240  *      mode
6241  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6242  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6243  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6244  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6245  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6246  *      OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6247  *      for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6248  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6249  *      setting
6250  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6251  *      powersave
6252  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6253  *      transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6254  *      doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6255  *      stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6256  *      state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6257  *      they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6258  *      and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6259  *      states using station flags.
6260  *      Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6261  *      stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6262  *      stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6263  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6264  *      (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6265  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6266  *      Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6267  *      beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6268  *      still generated by the driver.
6269  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6270  *      interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6271  *      interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6272  *      unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6273  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6274  *      channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6275  *      lifetime of a BSS.
6276  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6277  *      Set IE to probe requests.
6278  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6279  *      to probe requests.
6280  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6281  *      requests sent to it by an AP.
6282  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6283  *      current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6284  *      management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6285  *      Measurement Report action frame.
6286  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6287  *      estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6288  *      to enable dynack.
6289  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6290  *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6291  *      even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6292  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6293  *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6294  *      and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6295  *      rts/cts handshake.
6296  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6297  *      TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6298  *      command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6299  *      needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6300  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6301  *      the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6302  *      See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6303  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6304  *      operating as a TDLS peer.
6305  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6306  *      random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6307  *      %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6308  *      address mask/value will be used.
6309  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6310  *      using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6311  *      scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6312  *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6313  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6314  *      random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6315  *      scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6316  *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6317  */
6318 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6319         NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS                    = 1 << 0,
6320         NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS                         = 1 << 1,
6321         NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER                = 1 << 2,
6322         NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS             = 1 << 3,
6323         NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL        = 1 << 4,
6324         NL80211_FEATURE_SAE                             = 1 << 5,
6325         NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN               = 1 << 6,
6326         NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH                      = 1 << 7,
6327         NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN                         = 1 << 8,
6328         NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER                     = 1 << 9,
6329         NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN                  = 1 << 10,
6330         NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN                    = 1 << 11,
6331         NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS                    = 1 << 12,
6332         /* bit 13 is reserved */
6333         NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS           = 1 << 14,
6334         NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE            = 1 << 15,
6335         NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM                   = 1 << 16,
6336         NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR                  = 1 << 17,
6337         NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE       = 1 << 18,
6338         NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES       = 1 << 19,
6339         NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES            = 1 << 20,
6340         NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET                           = 1 << 21,
6341         NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION              = 1 << 22,
6342         NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION                = 1 << 23,
6343         NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS                     = 1 << 24,
6344         NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS                    = 1 << 25,
6345         NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION          = 1 << 26,
6346         NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE                   = 1 << 27,
6347         NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH             = 1 << 28,
6348         NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR            = 1 << 29,
6349         NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR      = 1 << 30,
6350         NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR              = 1U << 31,
6351 };
6352 
6353 /**
6354  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6355  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6356  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6357  *      request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6358  *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6359  *      the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6360  *      NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6361  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6362  *      sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6363  *      certain groups which can be configured by the
6364  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6365  *      or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6366  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6367  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6368  *      time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6369  *      the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6370  *      (if available).
6371  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6372  *      time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6373  *      time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6374  *      connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6375  *      of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6376  *      specified).
6377  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6378  *      channel dwell time.
6379  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6380  *      configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6381  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6382  *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6383  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6384  *      configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6385  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6386  *      with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6387  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6388  *      in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6389  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6390  *      randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6391  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6392  *      for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6393  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6394  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6395  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6396  *      RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6397  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6398  *      authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6399  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6400  *      handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6401  *      and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6402  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6403  *      handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6404  *      and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6405  *      be supported.
6406  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6407  *      the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6408  *      actual dwell time.
6409  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6410  *      response
6411  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6412  *      the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6413  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6414  *      probe request tx deferral and suppression
6415  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6416  *      value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6417  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6418  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6419  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6420  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6421  *      Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6422  *      informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6423  *      channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6424  *      No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6425  *      "radar detected" event.
6426  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6427  *      receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6428  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6429  *      (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6430  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID
6431  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6432  *      TXQs.
6433  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6434  *      SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6435  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6436  *      except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6437  *      by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6438  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6439  *      timing measurement responder role.
6440  *
6441  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6442  *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6443  *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6444  *      freeze the connection.
6445  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6446  *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6447  *
6448  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6449  *      fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6450  *      scheduling.
6451  *
6452  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6453  *      (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6454  *
6455  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
6456  *
6457  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6458  *      to a station.
6459  *
6460  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6461  *      station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6462  *
6463  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6464  *      with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6465  *      vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6466  *
6467  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6468  *      feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6469  *      time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6470  *
6471  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6472  *      and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6473  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6474  *      protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6475  *
6476  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6477  *      forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6478  *      handled as ordinary data frames.
6479  *
6480  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6481  *
6482  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6483  *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6484  *
6485  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6486  *      are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6487  *
6488  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6489  *      reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6490  *      report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6491  *      included in the scan request.
6492  *
6493  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6494  *      can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6495  *
6496  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6497  *      Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6498  *
6499  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6500  *      handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6501  *      command).
6502  *
6503  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6504  *      in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6505  *
6506  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6507  *      frames transmission
6508  *
6509  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6510  *      unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6511  *
6512  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6513  *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6514  *
6515  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6516  *      exchange protocol.
6517  *
6518  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6519  *      exchange protocol.
6520  *
6521  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6522  *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6523  *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6524  *
6525  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6526  *      detection and change announcemnts.
6527  *
6528  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6529  *      FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6530  *      frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6531  *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6532  *
6533  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6534  *      detection.
6535  *
6536  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6537  *      change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6538  *      first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6539  *      origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6540  *      or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6541  *      might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6542  *      in progress, and no active connections.
6543  *
6544  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6545  *
6546  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6547  *      authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6548  *
6549  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6550  *      in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6551  *      using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6552  *
6553  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6554  *      handling in station mode.
6555  *
6556  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6557  *      handling in AP mode.
6558  *
6559  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
6560  *      ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
6561  *      DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
6562  *      (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
6563  *      operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
6564  *
6565  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
6566  *      (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
6567  *      in the RSNXE.
6568  *
6569  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6570  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6571  */
6572 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6573         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6574         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6575         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6576         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6577         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6578         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6579         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6580         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6581         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6582         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6583         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6584         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6585         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6586         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6587         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6588         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6589         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6590         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6591         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6592         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6593         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6594         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6595         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6596         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6597         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6598         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6599         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6600         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6601         /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6602         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6603         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6604         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6605         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6606         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6607         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6608         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6609         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6610         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */
6611         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6612         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6613         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6614         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6615         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6616         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6617         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6618         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6619         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6620         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6621         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6622         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6623         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6624         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6625         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6626         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6627         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6628         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6629         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6630         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6631         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6632         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6633         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6634         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6635         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6636         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6637         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6638         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6639         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6640         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
6641         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6642         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
6643         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT,
6644 
6645         /* add new features before the definition below */
6646         NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6647         MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6648 };
6649 
6650 /**
6651  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6652  *      protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6653  *      To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6654  *      Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6655  *      protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6656  *      supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6657  *      to the host.
6658  *
6659  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6660  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6661  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6662  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6663  */
6664 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6665         NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =        1<<0,
6666         NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =       1<<1,
6667         NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =        1<<2,
6668         NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =     1<<3,
6669 };
6670 
6671 /**
6672  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6673  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6674  *      handled by the AP is reached.
6675  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6676  */
6677 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6678         NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6679         NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6680 };
6681 
6682 /**
6683  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6684  *
6685  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6686  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6687  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6688  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6689  */
6690 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6691         NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6692         NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6693         NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6694         NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6695 };
6696 
6697 /**
6698  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6699  *
6700  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6701  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6702  * requests.
6703  *
6704  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6705  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6706  * one of them can be used in the request.
6707  *
6708  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6709  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6710  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6711  *      as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6712  *      dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6713  *      will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6714  *      when really needed
6715  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6716  *      for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6717  *      flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6718  *      @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6719  *      the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6720  *      randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6721  *      locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6722  *      This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6723  *      the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6724  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6725  *      request parameters IE in the probe request
6726  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6727  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6728  *      rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6729  *      only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6730  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6731  *      tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6732  *      and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6733  *      Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6734  *      a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6735  *      SSID and/or RSSI.
6736  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6737  *      accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6738  *      scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6739  *      implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6740  *      impacted with this flag.
6741  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6742  *      optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6743  *      optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6744  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6745  *      results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6746  *      possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6747  *      possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6748  *      Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6749  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6750  *      request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6751  *      possible.
6752  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6753  *      only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6754  *      added by userspace explicitly.)
6755  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6756  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6757  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6758  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6759  *      2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6760  *      information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6761  *      received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6762  *      channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6763  *      the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6764  *      probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6765  *      these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6766  *      is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6767  *      scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6768  */
6769 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6770         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY                          = 1<<0,
6771         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH                                 = 1<<1,
6772         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP                                    = 1<<2,
6773         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR                           = 1<<3,
6774         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME                 = 1<<4,
6775         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP               = 1<<5,
6776         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE            = 1<<6,
6777         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION    = 1<<7,
6778         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN                              = 1<<8,
6779         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER                             = 1<<9,
6780         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY                         = 1<<10,
6781         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN                             = 1<<11,
6782         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT                      = 1<<12,
6783         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ                              = 1<<13,
6784         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ                        = 1<<14,
6785 };
6786 
6787 /**
6788  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6789  *
6790  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6791  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6792  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6793  *
6794  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6795  *      listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6796  *      in ACL to authenticate.
6797  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6798  *      in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6799  */
6800 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6801         NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6802         NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6803 };
6804 
6805 /**
6806  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6807  *
6808  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6809  *
6810  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6811  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6812  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6813  *      turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6814  * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal
6815  * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration
6816  */
6817 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6818         NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6819         NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6820         NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6821 
6822         __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6823         NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6824 };
6825 
6826 /**
6827  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6828  *
6829  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6830  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6831  *
6832  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6833  *      now unusable.
6834  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6835  *      the channel is now available.
6836  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6837  *      change to the channel status.
6838  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6839  *      over, channel becomes usable.
6840  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6841  *      non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6842  *      be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6843  *      applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6844  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6845  *      should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6846  */
6847 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6848         NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6849         NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6850         NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6851         NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6852         NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6853         NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6854 };
6855 
6856 /**
6857  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6858  *
6859  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6860  *
6861  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6862  *      check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6863  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6864  *      is therefore marked as not available.
6865  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6866  */
6867 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6868         NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6869         NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6870         NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6871 };
6872 
6873 /**
6874  * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6875  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6876  *      wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6877  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6878  *      wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6879  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6880  */
6881 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6882         NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =     1 << 0,
6883 };
6884 
6885 /**
6886  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6887  *
6888  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6889  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6890  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6891  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6892  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6893  */
6894 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6895         NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6896         NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6897         NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6898         NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6899         /* add other protocols before this one */
6900         NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6901 };
6902 
6903 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6904 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION         5000 /* msec */
6905 
6906 /**
6907  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6908  *
6909  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6910  *
6911  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6912  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6913  *      the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6914  *      advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6915  *      to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6916  */
6917 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6918         NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6919         NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6920 };
6921 
6922 /*
6923  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6924  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6925  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6926  */
6927 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX      0x80000000
6928 
6929 /**
6930  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6931  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6932  *      value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6933  *      may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6934  *      added to this file when needed.
6935  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6936  */
6937 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6938         __u32 vendor_id;
6939         __u32 subcmd;
6940 };
6941 
6942 /**
6943  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6944  *
6945  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6946  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6947  *
6948  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6949  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6950  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6951  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6952  */
6953 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6954         NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6955         NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6956         NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6957         NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6958 };
6959 
6960 /**
6961  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6962  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6963  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6964  *      seconds (u32).
6965  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6966  *      scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6967  *      because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6968  *      make the scan plan meaningless.
6969  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6970  *      currently defined
6971  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6972  */
6973 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6974         __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6975         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6976         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6977 
6978         /* keep last */
6979         __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6980         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6981                 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6982 };
6983 
6984 /**
6985  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6986  *
6987  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6988  *      of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6989  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6990  */
6991 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6992         __u8 band;
6993         __s8 delta;
6994 } __attribute__((packed));
6995 
6996 /**
6997  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6998  *
6999  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
7000  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
7001  *      is requested.
7002  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
7003  *      selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
7004  *      When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
7005  *      shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
7006  *      this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
7007  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
7008  *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
7009  *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
7010  *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
7011  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
7012  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
7013  *
7014  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
7015  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
7016  * which the driver shall use.
7017  */
7018 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
7019         __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
7020         NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
7021         NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
7022         NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
7023 
7024         /* keep last */
7025         __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
7026         NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
7027 };
7028 
7029 /**
7030  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
7031  *
7032  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
7033  *
7034  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
7035  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
7036  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
7037  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7038  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use
7039  */
7040 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
7041         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
7042         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
7043         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
7044 
7045         /* keep last */
7046         __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
7047         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
7048 };
7049 
7050 /**
7051  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
7052  *
7053  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
7054  *
7055  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
7056  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
7057  */
7058 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
7059         NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
7060         NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
7061 };
7062 
7063 /**
7064  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
7065  *
7066  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
7067  *
7068  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
7069  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
7070  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
7071  */
7072 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
7073         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
7074         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
7075         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
7076 };
7077 
7078 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
7079 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7080 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7081 
7082 /**
7083  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7084  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7085  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7086  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7087  *      specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7088  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7089  *      publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7090  *      Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7091  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7092  *      publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7093  *      the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7094  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7095  *      subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7096  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7097  *      The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7098  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7099  *      is follow up. This is a u8.
7100  *      The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7101  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7102  *      follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7103  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7104  *      close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7105  *      This is a flag.
7106  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7107  *      stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7108  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7109  *      specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7110  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7111  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7112  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7113  *      attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7114  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7115  *      nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7116  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7117  *      Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7118  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7119  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7120  *
7121  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7122  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7123  */
7124 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7125         __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7126         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7127         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7128         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7129         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7130         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7131         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7132         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7133         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7134         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7135         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7136         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7137         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7138         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7139         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7140         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7141         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7142 
7143         /* keep last */
7144         NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7145         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7146 };
7147 
7148 /**
7149  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7150  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7151  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7152  *      This is a flag.
7153  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7154  *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7155  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7156  *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7157  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7158  *      and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7159  *      attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7160  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7161  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7162  */
7163 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7164         __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7165         NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7166         NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7167         NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7168         NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7169 
7170         /* keep last */
7171         NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7172         NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7173 };
7174 
7175 /**
7176  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7177  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7178  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7179  *      match. This is a nested attribute.
7180  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7181  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7182  *      that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7183  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7184  *
7185  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7186  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7187  */
7188 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7189         __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7190         NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7191         NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7192 
7193         /* keep last */
7194         NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7195         NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7196 };
7197 
7198 /**
7199  * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7200  *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7201  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7202  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7203  */
7204 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7205         NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7206         NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7207 };
7208 
7209 /**
7210  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7211  *      responder attributes
7212  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7213  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7214  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7215  *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7216  *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
7217  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7218  *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7219  *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
7220  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7221  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7222  */
7223 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7224         __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7225 
7226         NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7227         NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7228         NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7229 
7230         /* keep last */
7231         __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7232         NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7233 };
7234 
7235 /*
7236  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7237  *
7238  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7239  * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7240  *
7241  * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7242  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7243  *      were ssfully answered (u32)
7244  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7245  *      frames were successfully answered (u32)
7246  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7247  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7248  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7249  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7250  *      indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7251  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7252  *      triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7253  *      phase with the responder (u32)
7254  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7255  *      - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7256  *      FTM slot (u32)
7257  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7258  *      scheduled window (u32)
7259  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7260  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7261  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7262  */
7263 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7264         __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7265         NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7266         NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7267         NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7268         NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7269         NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7270         NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7271         NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7272         NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7273         NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7274         NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7275 
7276         /* keep last */
7277         __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7278         NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7279 };
7280 
7281 /**
7282  * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7283  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7284  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7285  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7286  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7287  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7288  */
7289 enum nl80211_preamble {
7290         NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7291         NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7292         NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7293         NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7294         NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7295 };
7296 
7297 /**
7298  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7299  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7300  *      these numbers also for attributes
7301  *
7302  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7303  *
7304  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7305  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7306  */
7307 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7308         NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7309 
7310         NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7311 
7312         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7313         NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7314 };
7315 
7316 /**
7317  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7318  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7319  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7320  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7321  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7322  *      reason may be available in the response data
7323  */
7324 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7325         NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7326         NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7327         NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7328         NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7329 };
7330 
7331 /**
7332  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7333  * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7334  *
7335  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7336  *      type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7337  *      enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7338  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7339  *      (flag attribute)
7340  *
7341  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7342  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7343  */
7344 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7345         __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7346 
7347         NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7348         NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7349 
7350         /* keep last */
7351         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7352         NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7353 };
7354 
7355 /**
7356  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7357  * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7358  *
7359  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7360  *      type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7361  *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7362  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7363  *      (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7364  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7365  *      result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7366  *      more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7367  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7368  *      doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7369  *      This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7370  *      (u64, usec)
7371  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7372  *      (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7373  *      the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7374  *      result.